Home

SERVICE MANUAL

1. Signal Name Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 15 Signal Name Description SNR SIZEM Analog signal from the MSI Size Sensor Voltage levels OVDC 5VDC SNR SIZE Analog signal from the Envelope Size Sensor Voltage levels OVDC 5VDC SNR NOPM Monitors level of paper in the MSI High No paper present Low Paper present SNR NOP Monitors level of paper in the Envelope Feeder CL FEEDM Controls MSI paper feed High No feed Low Feed CL FEED Controls Envelope feed High No feed Low Feed MSI DET Monitors presence of MSI High MSI not present Low MSI present ENV DET Monitors presence of Envelope Feeder High Envelope Feed not present Low Envelope Feeder present EMOT ON Switches Envelope Feed Motor High Off Low On SNR FEED Monitors paper between Envelope Feeder and base engine High Paper present Low No paper MOTSLIFT1 TTL Switches Tray 1 Lift Up Motor High On Low Off SNR TAROL1 Monitors paper between Tray 2 and Tray 1 High Paper present Low No paper
2. RE 1 i il Bee at EENE E FERR Se ae pin pk E E
3. FEED TNR ENP 5 Pa ELECTRO SNR 3 202 MAGUNETIC CLUTCH 1 g 3 P201 ES ELECTRO Pe MAGUNETIC CLUTCH SOS SENSOR Al TA PN 57 FUSEREXIT _ 104 SENSOR Pu E 240 2 Pu CRU INTLK g 600 SWITCH2 _SWITCH1 3 ES 8 Py FU EXIT OY ls El 109 SENSOR og 3 E 3 5 PU gt FULLSTK 25 gt E sa E SENSOR Pi EXITGATE 210 SOLENOID o e 5 2 le 5 icu gt 8 Es PI ELECTRO sos SENSOR T 2 a 218 MAGUNETIC E LUTCH iccu Pld ELECTRO a 219 MAGUNETIC FUSER FAN 204 CLUTCH 3 PIJ oct z 209 MOTOR MAIN MOTOR A E PIJ SIZE 1 E 100 SENSOR PrI232 E 2 I INTLK SWITCH1 PIJ233 8 PIJ REGI 3 SENSOR PZA 104 INTLK swircH2 C E5230 n a Pid NOP 1 x z 102 SENSOR o A PIJ LVL 4 2 103 SENSOR gt DATA 3 To ROS LD DRIVE P430 enzo a 2 Msi a Ze a a SIZE 2 Z5 3 3 SENSOR als z 32 3 se H 213 2 3 E 3 ee 8 3 Msi E NO s S Tha E NDF z 00 z SENSOR Msi FEED nat ae ELECTRO g MAGUNETIC E CLUTCH ACNUT a Taine OUF Type DO CONSOLE PIJ LIFTUP 3 ACHOT x 203 MOTOR g 8 g jz 2 5 x Pid TAROLL 537 101 SENSOR 2 0 3 EE 18 3 Ta E z a Dyuplex Unit FINISHER La A PI 27 INTERLOCK
4. oi sen Signal Name Description 06 os 1 A Ato CRU DET Monitors CRU presence High CRU installed SENSOR 2 2 5VRTN VIO pe Low CRU not installed P J 240 P J207 DA DATA Data used to set laser 4 lt 24V ORN A7 OR E 24VRTN VIO de LD ENB Enables laser MCU to the LD Drive High No i i RMOT ON BLU X G SVRIN VIO Aa enabled Low Enabled La G m E RMOTSSP1 BLU a R f 5 RMOTSSP2 BLU fe o APC CNT Monitors APC count 7 gt RMOT RDY BLU A1 2 RMOT ON Controls Scanner Motor High Off Low On PIIGO7 PIUZ3A O SW2 SWA poa 7 RMOT SP1 Controls Scanner Motor speed SP3 1 010 Standby 1 27 l TEN cRy 781 SP3 1 110 480dpi SP3 1 011 600dpi 3 B2 gt 2 A DASEATA o B3 z RMOT SP2 Controls Scanner Motor speed SP3 1 010 Standby E A SVRTN vo Es SP3 1 110 480dpi SP3 1 011 600dpi 8 E 5 SVRTN vio RMOT RDY Monitors Scanner Motor speed Low Speed correct x Bi APC CONT VEL B8 E A 5VRTN VIO Eleg High Speed not correct 8810 ROS SOS Monitors start of scan High Off Low On SER604FA Figure 7 13 ROS MCU PWB Rev B 242 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 P J606 1 XERO CRU
5. P403 J403 J603 P603 P604 EZ ORN 7 BIARIN VIO 3 Spey GRY sv GRY 2 TSNR SIZEM YE 75 E SVRTN vio 7 5 SNRENOPM YEL SNR FEED YEL mes EMOT ON BLU do gt CLSFEEDM BLU 15 SL MSIEDET YEL ENVADET YEL 12 H 13 5 24VRIN vio LIFTUP 1 a 14 5 MOTSLIFTA BLU MOTOR 5VRTN vio 12 SL SNRATAROLL YEL J TAROLL 15 EE GRY O 4 j SENSOR 18 DK P604 a ORN A12 P J107 A1 SRY 3 1 900 msi a GRY 2 2 SIZE A2 ME 1 3 SENSOR mes viol 1 EIE 3 P J108 Yer 2 mim 4 1 MSI A4 me B Pm Ji 2 NOP 3 SENSOR A3 mt P J208 2 m1 2000 MSI AB FEED A6 YEL 1 m 2 CLUTCH A11 A10 MSI P J701 P J130 3 Y 1 ENVE SNRENO PAPER E ENV E 2 2T SVRTN 2 NOF 1 3 SENSOR P J131 P604 i 5V MEN SIC 5V GRY 7 y ER SNR SIZE aus B 2 fm_ lt ___SNR NOP veL i E Cl 5VRTN SE R P3702 ey J P132 SNR FEED YEL 3 BS SNR SIZE YEL 3 SNR FEED 1 2 ENV Be 5VRTN VIO E E z 5VRTN 2 FEED B5 5 1 3 SENSOR P J221 sc CLSFEED BLU do ja PJ703 24y L A 4 N C 1 ENVELOPE Tm ETAL le NG das cie A CL FEED 3l b EvOTSON YEL Ha ay i BA ENV DET YE 9 3 4 ZARIN 2 BiG NC 10 3 E 3 m DC BH 24VRET vio E 11 2 4 MOTOR B12 12m 4 P J704 P J217 SER608XC FEEDER MCU PWB 245 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Ch
6. Signal Name Description CNPN BUZR Control Panel buzzer to DAIA Leo CNPN LED LED synch High 0ff Low On CNPN PWR4 Key synch High Key pressed Low Key not CN14 24 ORN P J421 pressed A s 5VRTN VIO oe CNPN PWR3 Source for Key and LED High On Low 0ff 5VRTN VIO el MRIN vio A CNPN PWR2 Source for Key and LED High On Low Off ee EL Sa CNPN PWR1 Source for Key and LED High On Low Off E lt CNPNSPWR3 YEL y LCD DATA7 Logic line for Controller LCD 2 s Ph a VEL 15 ios LCD DATA6 Logic line for Controller LCD s fas LGDSDATAS ver to LCD DATAS5 Logic line for Controller LCD 5 LCD DATA4 YEL E i LCDSENR EL n LCD DATA4 Logic line for Controller LCD z gt SAPNA q a LCD ENB LCD Controller write signal 20 EN TE LCD RS LCD Controller register select signal High Data et el register Low Instruction register e e ey 5 CNPN SW1 Key synch High Key pressed Low Key not 5 1 pressed osa CNPN SW2 Key synch High Key pressed Low Key not pressed Figure 7 11 Console gt C262 Main Controller Rev B 240 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 10 Signal Name Signal Name Description SBSY Status busy signal Low Transmitting signal High Not transmitting ISTA Status from MCU to ESS CMD Command from
7. Engine Code Error Code Explanation Es OPH ENOI aneoined intortupn Ut 1 E0004 Abnormal Main Motor 0081 CPU Error TLB E e EES RSD U13 U49 E0005 NENE 0082 CPU Error eee pasa al Load Fetch U35 E0006 Abnormal Polygon Motor 0083 CPU Error TLB miss exception plore U63 U64 U65 E0008 Abnormal EEPROM related to 0084 CPU Error Address Error repro Load Fetch engine 0085 CPU Error Address Error Exception Store U3 1 U3 3 U3 4 E0009 Abnormal laser 0086 CPU Error Bus error Exception Fetch ee E0014 Communication error related to 0087 CPU Error Bus error Exception Load Fetch engine 0088 CPU Error SYSCALL exception U4 1 U4 3 E0030 Abnormal Fuser Time Over 0089 CPU Error Break exception U4 2 E0032 Abnormal Fuser Over Heat 0090 CPU Error Reserved command exception U6 2 E0038 Engine Memory Error 0091 CPU Error Coprocessor not in use exception 0092 CPU Error FPU exception 0093 CPU Error TLB exception 0094 CPU Error XLTB exception 0095 CPU Error Cache exception 0096 CPU Error Trap exception 0097 CPU Error FPU error exception 0098 CPU Error Watch exception 0128 0254 CPU Error Undefined Trap 0255 CPU Error NMI exception 0256 CPU Error Division by 0 0257 CPU Error Calculation overflow 0258 CPU Error Break 0800 IPL Error Controller defect 1002 Standard RAM Error less than standard capacity Rev B 99 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troub
8. ISR Signal Name Description Puuato 13400 Plana FUSER MAIN Switches Main Heat Rod Low On High Off ala aaa lalalala lala z 5 TypeDOCONSOLE Zet 1256 123458789 aah FUSER SUB Switches Heat Rod 2 Low On High Off P499 lel lek RELAY FUSER Fuser relay control that switches AC to the Heat EJES S a i E Rods Low On High Off z g 3 ES z 3 Lel Ebr es FANSHI Switches Fuser Fan speed Low High speed e E 205 High Low speed E OCIO FAN FAIL Monitors Fuser Fan Low Operating correctly 4 5 3 High Not operating correctly i z222 x EE dl g gt El gt omal gt aj sis gt gt E usos g gm Tene leas Zo l olloz l elol El las zo 8 o gt aeaaea aiaa gt gt 9 0 Sa lt Z zla OJ E zzzi 2250 El Sigl zi 8 Sa d 1 FAN ELEC EN DE 3215747 AJA AIAIA 63 347126111291056 1245 54321 T 24135 12 ME AAN EN OL P J502 P J501 P J502 PIJ477 P J23 P J478 PSLV X2 iaa PWBA AC DRIVE 4321 123 YYYY ut YY s20 Eli TRANS OUT El 8 T4 CE12 3 ade CE11 z F90 123 F52 F54 t T2 i i tt F51 F53 eee Lit J19 123 i H il 1 gt i PVBA p FINISHER AC I F CONN F55 UJ F56 T q e INLET SSH601F Figure 7 10 AC InoNoise Filter LVPS C262 Main Controller Board AC Drive PWB D0 Console Rev B 239 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 9 Signal Name
9. 108 Inoperative Interlock Switch ooooccconnoccccccononnnnccnannnncccnnnnnnnccnnnnnncnnnnn no 108 Inoperative Offset cui analizadas pana adidas 109 Image Quality FIPS nasii a i ia cnn 110 Light Undertoned Prints oocoonocccccnnnnoccccnonncnnnnnonanncnnnnnno nc cnn cnn nnnnrnnnnn 111 Blank Wie tan o iia asco ca 113 Black Prisa lbs 114 Vertical Band Deletions ooocccccccoooncnnnnnccoonncononononoronononononoconnnnnnanannnns 116 Horizontal Band Deletions ccccccccononncononononanonononononacononcncononnnanonanos 117 Vertical Sea O ld 118 Horizontal Streaks nidad aaa dt 119 Spot Dele Sirera criticas Ona 121 SOS micas do da dio dE 122 Residual Image or Ghosting oooococoncccnnnniconnocnconcccnnnnnnn nar cc corran cnn 124 BAackgrQuUId imstande 125 Skewed IMage 0 seeeccececeeceeeececeeeceeaaeeeeeeeeesaeeseeneeeceaeesseaeeeeeaeeeeeaeeesees 127 Damaged Prins tica ia 128 Unfused Image or Image Easily Rubbed Off ocoonooccccconocccccconaonccnnano 129 Image not Registered Correctly coonccccinninnnnncnnnccccnonnnonnccnnnnrnnn nr nnnnnnnnnn 129 Secondary FIPS scsi tocata ead cadete steals salad 130 Disassembly and Assembly OVEIVIEW ii di ee 133 Cautions before starting ccceeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeceaeeeseeeeseeeeeesnaeessaes 133 VOS A E A AAA EL A 133 Notations in the Manual oooonnnnccncccccnonononcnccononononcnonnonnnononononaranononanons 133 Procedures for Disassembling ocoonn
10. 2 3 4 ai J427 P127 TNR EMP TNR EMP 24VRTN A a gt YQ 5 5VRTN VIO rap P454 Q CRUMSPWR GRY oe 5 CRUSCLK veL A 3 CRUSDATA veL H 2 SER605FB Figure 7 14 Toner Sensor Xerographic CRU MCU PWB Table 7 12 Signal Name Signal Name Description CRUM PWR Switches CRUM power CRU CLK Clock signal for CRU Memory CRU DATA CRU Memory data TNR EMP Monitor toner quantity in the ET Cartridge Low Quantity is low Hiigh Enough quantity Rev B Chapter 7 Appendix P500 J500 J457 5 24VSQ ORN 14 3 24VRTN VIO ig 3 24VRTN VIO is j AGND VIO i Pl BTR MON BLU iG o o E BTR SEL BLU a x a Sh BTR RMT BLU E gt gt A DTS ON BLU a 2 xr 3 BCRAC CLK BLU e 7 A BCRDCSON BLU 5 a i DBAC CLK BLU A i DB ON BLU Fe 3 a E 2 5V GRY E A Figure 7 15 HVPS M CU PWB Table 7 13 Signal Name SER606FB Signal Name Description BTR MON Monitors BTR current level BTR SEL Switches BTR voltage High Positive voltage Low Negative voltage BTR RMT Controls the current value to the BTR DTS ON Switches Detack Saw and Chute Bias voltage High Off Low On BCRAC CLK Controls the AC voltage value to the BCR Negative logic BCRDC ON Switches BCR voltage High Off Low On DBA
11. EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Table 1 2 Support Range Option EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Large capacity Paper Unit O O Duplex Module O O Multibin Unit Mailbox O O Sorter O O Multiple Sorter O O Stacker O O Finisher Stapler Stacker Stapler O Face up Tray O O Envelope Feeder O O Collate printing electronic sorter RAM O O HDD O The RAM sorter is not used when HDD is installed O Utilities for Printer Setting Table 1 3 Utilities for Printer Setting Option EPL N4000 EPL N4000 EPSON Remote Control Panel O panel setting utility EPSON Net 2 for Intranet O Network Setting EpsonNet WebAssist built in O panel network setting EosonNet Web Manager O network control utility EpsonNet WinAssist MacAssist O network setting utility EPSON Status Monitor 2 O included in the driver function with EPL N4000 EPSON Status Monitor 3 O installed with the printer driver EPSON Net Direct Print O NOTE Error will occur if the Finisher and HDD options are installed to EPL N4000 The Multibin unit and Finisher Stapler cannot be installed at the same time For installing the Multibin Unit of Finisher Stapler the Large Capacity Paper Unit is required O HDD option HDD is used up to 1 GB for spooling print data which are received via network And the Adobe PS 3 kit Option used up to 1GB D
12. Remedy Remove the papers from that bin and press Continue switch The printer will resume printing O Finisher 1 3 Full Error E This error appears when the appointed Finisher becomes full m Remedy Remove the papers from that Finisher and press Continue switch The printer will resume printing O A H Cover Open m Explanation Indicated cover is open m Remedy Close that cover O Set MP Tray Error m Explanation This error appears when both paper tray and ENV tray are not installed when the printer is turned on m Remedy Install the tray then error is canceled automatically Rev B O Set ENV Tray Error Explanation ENV is removed after turning the power on Since the Cover is opened when the paper jam error occurs the ENV might be left uninstalled Or non ENV tray is installed Remedy Install the ENV tray The error is cancelled automatically O Manual Feed ssss ttt Error Explanation Although there is no setting menu on the panel when the manual feed mode is selected by ESC Page command the printer indicates appointed paper size and feeding device before printing m Remedy Press Continue switch or On line switch If there are papers in the appointed tray the printer feeds paper from there If not the printer feeds paper from the device which has most priority If there is no paper in any devices this error appears again Paper size error does not occur even th
13. 1 Charge 2 Exposure A y 7 Cleaning Cero raphic cycle grap y gt lt H______ _ Cycle repeats for the next print SMX158F Figure 2 23 Print Process The figure below shows major component related to the printer process Heat Roll Pressure Roll A AA Paper SSH629F Figure 2 24 Major Component 68 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 2 4 1 Charge The Bias Charge Roll BCR places a uniform negative electrostatic charge on the surface of the drum The drum surface is made of a photoconductive material that holds an electrical charge as long as the drum remains in darkness Light striking the drum discharges the surface charge The BCR is a conductive roll that is positioned slightly above the surface of the drum The HVPS supplies the BCR with two voltages a negative DC charge voltage and an AC discharge voltage that is used for electrically cleaning the drum Rev B Chapter 2 Operating Principles Drum Surface Image Photoconductive Drum Surface Voltage T VDC value Surface Conductive Tube Sr1328xa Figure 2 25 Charging 69 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 4 2 Exposure The Raster Output Scanner ROS generates a beam of laser light Image data received from the print controller modulates this beam turning it on and off according to image information that is received
14. 9 e C262 Main Controller Board able background tonar 3 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Replacethe Go to step 4 Table 3 51 Background 1 Remove the Rear Cover _ bl 2 Generate a Blank Test Print and ni Step Actions and Questions Yes No switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle 1 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 2 3 Open the Left Upper Cover solved S Open the Drum Shutter 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Before Transfer was the drum clean and without noticeable background toner but there was background visible on the paper after Transfer Install a new EP Cartridge Is the background gone Rev B 125 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 53 Background Step Actions and Questions Yes No 4 FUSER INSPECTION Replace the Goto Suspect 1 Generate another Blank Test Print Fuser Components Assembly and switch OFF printer power when the print is halfway through the Fuser 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 3 Examine the paper areas before the image enters the Fuser and after the image exits the Fuser Is paper clean before it enters the Fuser but there is background on the paper when it exits the Fuser Rev B 126 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 C
15. Figure 2 34 Fusing and Paper Eject Rev B O Paper Feed from Tray2 Registration Feed Nudger Roller Roller Retard Roller Switch Assembly Offset Roller Heat Roller Fuser Exit Sensor Drum Exit Roller Pressure Roller BTR Registration i A Roller Registration Sensor MSI Feed Roller Feed Nudger Roller MSI Nudger Roller Take Away Sensor Retard Roller Take Away Roller Feed Nudger Roller Take Away Roller Take Away Sensor Retard Roller SSH674F Figure 2 35 Paper Feeding from Tray 2 75 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 2 6 Operating Principles for Power Supply Circuit 2 6 1 Power Supply Circuit The power supplies in this printer provide the voltages that the printer requires to operate The various printer functions require 110VAC 5VDC 24VDC and several high voltage DC and AC values that are used by xerographics The printer AC power cord plugs into a grounded AC wall outlet The cord carries AC line voltage to the Noise Filter PWB The Noise Filter smooths the AC voltage and sends it to the Main Power Switch Switching on the Main Power Switch applies AC voltage to the AC Driver PWB and to the Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS PWB The AC Driver PWB is the interface between printer control MCU and the Fuser Fuser sensors connected to the AC Driver PWB send Fuser status information to the Driver PWB which the PWB routes to the MCU PWB The MCU process
16. Mechanical control function is not built in Rev B CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 3 2 Engine Specification O Printing Method Electro photographic printing utilizing semiconductor laser beam scan and single component magnetic toner O Resolution 600 dpi O Printing Speed Table 1 4 Printing Speed PPM One Side Printing Duplex Printing High Capacity High Capacity MP Feeder MP Feeder Tray Tray c 02 cs ca cs ci_ ce 38 37 26 24 25 A4 40 38 32 35 28 28 27 Le 16 A3 20 20 19 20 14 14 13 13 pd 12 LT 40 37 31 37 36 35 28 28 27 26 24 22 L 16 Note a is for custom size unfixed form b High large Capacity Feeder is optional c L means long edge first setting d P means short edge first setting EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description O Time to print first sheet Table 1 5 Time to print first sheet sec One Side Printing Duplex Printing High Capacity Feeder High Capacity Feeder A4 10 0 10 8 TBD 11 1 12 0 13 2 14 15 TBD 15 7 16 6 17 8 La 6 l4 LT 10 0 10 8 TBD 11 1 12 0 13 2 14 15 TBD 15 7 16 6 17 8 L 6 4 Note is for custom size unfixed form a b High large Capacity Feeder is optional O Warm Up Time Within 60 seconds at 23 C rated voltage 1 3 3
17. on page 140 5 Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 3 Disconnect J232 and J233 from the CRU Interlock Switch 6 Reinstall the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 4 Disconnect J234 from the Interlock Switch wire harness 5 Remove the screw securing the CRU Interlock Switch to the printer frame and remove the Switch J233 4232 SSH488F Figure 4 63 Removal of CRU Interlock Switch Rev B 196 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 49 Fuser Assembly See Fuser Assembly on page 276 NANA The fuser is extremely hot Switch off printer main power and wait at least thirty minutes for the Fuser to f cool down before attempting to work on or remove the Fuser Assembly 4 2 49 1 Removal 1 Open the Left Upper Cover 2 Open the Left Front Cover 3 Pull out the handles that are located on each end of the Fuser Assembly 4 Loosen the two thumb screws that secure the Fuser Assembly to the printer frame 5 Pull the Fuser out of the printer 4 2 49 2 Installation 1 Open the Left Upper Cover 2 Open the Left Front Cover 3 Position the Fuser Assembly with J12 on the left end of the Assembly aligned with P12 mounted on the printer frame 4 Hold on to the Fuser handles and slide the Fuser Assembly into the printer frame Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Firmly push the Fuser Assembly to make
18. Fuser Assembly Main Drive Assembly SER715F Figure 2 14 Fuser Drive Mechanism Rev B Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 9 Mechanical Drive for Exit Drive The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for the Offset and Exit Rolls The Main Drive Assembly transmits drive to the Inverter CW Clutch and to the Inverter CCW Clutch At a specific point in the print cycle the MCU switches on the CW Clutch The CW Clutch transmits forward drive to the Offset Roll which drives the sheet of paper into the Face Down Output Tray If the printer is running in Duplex Mode at a specific point in the forward drive the MCU switches off the CW Clutch and switches on the CCW Clutch The CCW Clutch transmits reverse drive to the Offset Roll and to the Exit Roll which drive the paper back across the top of the Fuser Assembly and into the Duplex Module Offset Roller Exit Roller Main Drive Assembly SER723FA Figure 2 15 Exit Drive Mechanism 62 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 10 Mechanical Drive for Offset The Offset Motor provides mechanical drive for the Offset Rolls The Offset Motor transmits drive to the Offset Bracket If the printer is running in Offset mode the MCU switches on the Offset Motor The Motor drives the Offset Bracket toward the front of the printer The Bracket pushes the Offset Roll along with it The Offset Rolls drive one sheet of paper into the Face Down Output Tray Th
19. O Multibin When Multibin Stacker Out Bin Stacker The paper eject destinations are in the order of Multibin s bin 10 bin 9 bin1 Face down For the first time after the power is turned on the program looks for a paper eject full bin staring from Multibin 1 and begins paper ejection from a bin preceding the full bin For the second time and subsequent paper ejection begins from the last paper ejected bin After there is not any full bin paper ejection begins from Multibin 10 Whether or not Face down is used when the last bin becomes full is determined by the panel setting Stacker If Stacker Face down Face down is used If Stacker No Face down Face down is not used Rev B Stacker Face down bin 10 gt bin 9 gt gt bin 1 gt Face down Stacker No Face down bin 10 gt bin 9 gt bin1 valid with EPL N4000 Finisher valid with EPL N4000 When Out Bin Stacker The paper eject destination are in the order of bin 1 gt bin 2 gt bin 3 gt Face down For the first time after the power is turned on a paper not empty bin is searched for from bin 3 to bin 1 to start paper ejection For the second time and subsequent a paper not empty bin is searched for from the previously paper ejected bin to start paper ejection After there is no full bin paper ejection starts from bin 1 Whether or not Face down is used when the last bin becomes full is determined by the panel setting Stacker If Stacker Face down Face do
20. Step Table 3 13 Erratic Operation Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears e Printer options Yes Table 3 14 Erratic Operation Does the printer frequently fail to enter printer warm up or is the Control Panel frequently inoperative Go to Inoperative Printer Go to Stpe2 LVPS 5VDC UNDER LOAD CHECK 1 Remove the Rear Cover 2 Generate 50 Grid Test Patterns 3 While the printing is generating the Test Patterns measure the voltage between J400 7 and FG on the MCU PWB Does the 5VDC measured between J400 7 and FG remain relatively constant throughout the print run and does not deviate more than a volt during the print run Go to Step3 Replace the LVPS Assembly Step Actions and Questions Yes No 3 LVPS 24VDC UNDER LOAD Go to step 4 Replace the CHECK LVPS 1 Generate 50 Grid Test Patterns Assembly 2 While the printing is generating the See Test Patterns measure the voltage Chapter 4 between J400 5 and FG on the MCU PWB Does the 24VDC measured between J400 5 and FG remain relatively constant throughout the print run and does not deviate more than a few volts during the prin
21. TR Counter Clear This function is performed when the transfer roller is exchanged TR counter on the engine status sheet becomes 0 and 1 is added when the transfer roller is changed DM Counter Clear This function is performed when the duples unit is exchanged Duples on the engine status sheet becomes 0 FD Counter Clear This function is performed when the parts around the Face Down are exchanged Face Down on the engine status sheet becomes 0 FU Counter Clear This function is performed when the parts around the Face UP are exchanged Face UP on the engine status sheet becomes 0 MB Counter Clear This function is performed when the mailbox multibin is exchanged Mailbox on the engine status sheet becomes 0 Finisher Counter Clear This function is performed when the Finisher is exchanged Finisher on the engine status sheet becomes 0 Stapler Counter Clear This function is performed when the Stapler is exchanged Stapler on the engine status sheet becomes 0 Error Log Clear This function clears error log list which is memorized in order to indicated on the engine status sheet Error log memorizes 20 newest information 46 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 4 6 Engine Status Sheet Engine status sheet prints out the data at the engine side Usage condition of each following mechanism is indicated O Total Counter This shows the printed volume after the total counter clear is performed at t
22. AC UF CONN gt o 72 125 SWITCH ES PI DEXIT 5 z E 3 A 124 E SENSOR H y PIJ E a EAmec M E IE om F55 g Fst F52 lt z 123 SENSOR INLET w E F56 a rsa gt F54 gt i amp g S a 3 g a 4 8 z 3 E 4 DWAIT a s 2 z Z 8 CL GATE G 8 a SOLENOID c lt 3 a TA ROLL3 g Pid bi ES z N SENSOR 121 2 8 DEXIT 1 a E INTERLOCK gt PA E g swen CH a 3 E g DDM DRIVE 8 MOTOR FEEDS Pid E CLUTCH 211 3 3 LIFTUP 3 PIJ z MOTOR 212 A 3 LIFTUP 4 Pi 3 E a 8 E g v MOTOR 214 ES ES 8 3 3 a 3 E z g E FEED 4 PIJ 5 CLUTCH 213 5 8 NOP 3 Pu 3 3 SENSOR J 11 2 3 FINISHER E LL PI u ES 8 SENSOR 112 NOP 1TN Pa 3 5 SENSOR a 140 g z 8 o SIZE 3 PIJ Ml E E 2 SENSOR 110 g D LVL 1TN PH 3 Z SENSOR 141 SIZE 4 Pu g SENSOR 115 SIZE 1TN Pa i SENSOR 142 E lt SENSOR 117 TA ROLL2 Pid 3 7 ka SENSOR 143 5 El LVL4 J 13 g z 1TN LIH 118 SENSOR INTERLOCK PI z SWITCH Lees FEED 5 MOTOR a FEED 1TN Pid T CLUTCH 240 SIZE 5 SENSOR LIFTUP 2 Pil NOP 5 3 MOTOR 241 SENSOR 3 ES LVL 5 SENSOR i N CLUTCH 215 g N n LIFTUP 5 Pid MOTOR 216 TAROLL4 PI g SENSOR 126 E Figure 7 1 Major Component Connecting Diagram 230 Rev B EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 1 2 How to use P J location Table and Map Use the table and maps in this section to locate specific P J connectors within the printer To
23. BarCode 0 NOTE 1 Appears only in GLike mode 2 Appears only when Adobe PS 3 kit is installed 3 Factory default setting when the A4 LT configuration is LT 4 Factory default setting when the A4 LT configuration is A4 5 Appears only when NLSP Bitmap 3 Plus Font ROM is installed 6 When LJ4 Menu SymSet Value is changed to this Symbol set Font Source Resident Font Number 0 setting is automatically made and therefore to print this symbol set a font must be selected for which the Font Source and Font Number Value are supported by this symbol set 33 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Table 1 36 Printer Setting Value Support Menu Table 1 37 Information Control and its Method Value HDD Format Adobe PS 3 kit HDD Init S e CharacterSet FX Menu Font Courier Prestige Roman Sans serif Script Orator S OCR A OCR B Pitch 10cpi 12cpi 15cpi Prop Condensed Off On T Margin 0 40 0 50 1 50 inch step 0 05 inch Text 62 66 1 to available Max 99 Lines CGTable PcUSA Italic PcMultiln PcPortugue PcCanFrenc PcNordic PcTurkish2 PCE Europe BoBRASCII BpAbicomp BpAbicomp 8859 15ISO PcEur858 Country USA France Germany UK Denmark Sweden Italy Spain1 Japan Norway Denmark2 Spain2 LatinAmeric Auto CR On Off Auto LF Off On Bit Image Dark Light BarCode e ZeroChar 0 0 1239X Menu Font Cour
24. Go to step 2 MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY MANUAL TEST Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Motor Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding Go to step 9 Go to step 3 EP CARTRIDGE BINDING CHECK 1 Remove the EP Cartridge 2 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Motor Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding Replace the EP Cartridge with a new one Go to step 4 105 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 20 Inoperative Main Drive Assembly Table 3 19 Inoperative Main Drive Assembly Step Actions and Questions Yes No 4 FUSER ASSEMBLY BINDING Replace the Go to step 5 CHECK Fuser 1 Remove the Fuser Assembly Assembly 2 Hand rotate counter clockwise the With a new Main Motor one Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding 5 EXIT DRIVE ASSEMBLY BINDING Replacethe Go to step 6 CHECK Exit Drive 1 Lift the Exit Drive Assembly spring Assembly loaded drive gear off of the Main Drive Assembly drive gear 2 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Motor Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding 6 TRAY 2 DRIVE BINDING CHECK Replace Go to step 1 Lift the Tray 2 spring loaded drive Tray
25. Operaatio Ndani eraa e aaa a aaan a aaien agea 46 Engine Status Sheet cccccecseeescceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 47 Initialization PrOCESS a e a e a an i n n 51 Operating Principles Mechanical Drive oooooococoonnoccccnnnocccccconnoncccnanoncnononnno cnn rc nana nn nn rra nr rca 53 OVENV EW iaaii a ii 53 Mechanical Drive Component conccccnoccnnncccnoncccnnnonccnnnccnnnn cnn nnncn cnn rca 53 Off SOL MOTOR 000 AAA A a 54 Main Motor and Main Drive Assembly oooocccconinnncoccnnnnccccnnnncnnancnnnnnnnno 54 Lift Up Motor 1 and Lift Up Motor 2 ooccccccconicccccanonancnnnnnnnanancnanonanannn 55 Motor Control viii di ada aa dida 55 A EN 56 Paper Path Component siss iiinn aran irte 57 Paper Feed Transport and Paper Eject Drive oocccccinnnccccnnnnoccccnnnncancnnns 59 Mechanical drive for paper fed from the MSI oncincccnncccccocconancnnnncccnno 59 Mechanical Drive for Paper Fed from Tray cocinnccccccconocicininacnncnnnnnnanans 60 Mechanical Drive for Paper Fed from Tray2 c occconnocccccnnnocncononacnnnnncnnnannns 60 Mechanical Drive for Registration ooooooccccnnnnnncccnnniccncccnanccnnnnnanannnnnnana nn 61 Mechanical Drive for the Drum and BTR ou eeeeeeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeentaeeeeeeenaees 61 Mechanical Drive for the Fuser eeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeneaaees 62 Mechanical Drive for Exit Drive ooocoonnoccccconnccccccnonconnnncnanan cnn nnnnnn cnn r nana 62 Mechanical Drive for Offset c
26. and is there 5VDC between J400 8 and FG Go to step 5 Go to step 6 LVPS 24VDC CHECK Measure the voltage between J400 5 and FG and between J400 6 and FG on the MCU PWB Is there 24VDC between J400 5 and FG and is there 24VDC between J400 6 and FG Go step 8 Go to step 6 Rev B Step Actions and Questions Yes No 6 AC POWER IN CHECK Go to step 7 Replace the Measure the voltage between J19 1 Noise Filter and J19 3 on the Noise Filter PWB PWB See Chapter 4 Is there 110VAC between J19 1 and J19 3 7 AC POWER TO LVPS CHECK Replace the Replace the Measure the voltage between J20 1 LVPS Main Power and J20 3 on the AC Drive PWB Assembly Switch See See Chapter Is there 110VAC between J20 1 and CMaPter4 4 J20 3 8 OPTION ISOLATION Replace the Goto Suspect Remove all options such as the Duplex OPtions one Components Unit or the High Capacity Feeder from Py one until the base printer the printer becomes inoperative again Go to the Technical Manual of the problem option and Do the Control Panel LEDs light up troubleshoo and does the printer go into warm t for up possible electrical short 102 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 2 Erratic Operation The printer has a variety of intermittent problems but generally does not complete a print cycle The problems are generally not identified by displayed Error Codes
27. indicates the previous setting value Enter Goes to the Goesto the Confirm the Paper direction item of the item of the setting value selection Toner status sheet status sheet Prints out or saving selection perform indicates previous processing setting value 2 Alt Enter Invalid Invalid Invalid Paper direction selection Toner saving indicates previous setting value Note When using duplex print function select Duplex instead of Toner Save 2lf you keep pressing it will be repeat input 25 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 4 1 1 Status Sheet Engine Status Sheet is prepared and Jam Counter is not printed E Hardware configuration Mounted memory for installed memory The memory size obtained by subtracting the program code size from the mounted memory is stated for Available Memory The following legends indicate the fact that options are fitted O O O o a OoOdodda do O Rev B RAM DIMM Added to Installed Memory Available memory Type B I F AUX is added to Installed Interface Large Capacity Paper Unit Lower Cassette 3 Lower Cassette 4 Lower Cassette 5 is added to Other Options ENV Tray ENV Tray is added to Other Options Face up Tray When Face up Enable of Setup Menu On Face up Tray is added to Other Options Duplex Unit Duplex Unit is added t
28. 261 4 2 17 1 Removal 1 Remove either Paper Tray 1 or Paper Tray 2 from the printer 2 Disconnect the P J from the Size Sensor PWB 3 Remove the screw securing the Size Sensor PWB to the printer frame pull the PWB straight out and remove it from the frame 4 2 17 2 Installation 1 Remove either Paper Tray 1 or Paper Tray 2 from the printer Figure 4 26 Removal of Tray1 Paper Size Sensor 2 Reinstall the Paper Size Sensor PWB onto the printer frame Align the positioning tabs and screw holes 3 Reconnect the P J to the Size Sensor PWB 4 Use one screw to secure the PWB to the frame 5 Reinstall the Paper Tray 4142 SSH461F Figure 4 27 Removal of Tray2 Paper Size Sensor Rev B 158 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 18 Tray 2 Feed Clutch See Paper Pick Up Tray 2 on page 262 4 2 18 1 Removal 1 Remove the Rear Cover 1TM See Rear Cover 1TM on page 143 2 Disconnect J240 from the Feed Clutch 3 Remove the E ring securing the Clutch to the shaft and slide the Clutch off of the shaft 4 Remove the E ring securing the Gear to the shaft and slide the Gear and Bearing off of the shaft P240 4 2 18 2 Installation 1 Slide the Bearing onto the shaft and seat it in the cutout in the pon printer frame SSH264F 2 Slide the Gear onto the shaft and use an E ring to secure it to the Figure 4 28 Removal o
29. 4 68 Removal of Exit Gate Solenoid Rev B 202 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 54 Offset Motor 4 2 54 2 Installation See Exit Lower Chute on page 277 1 Insert the Motor arm into the Offset Roll Rack 2 Reconnect J209 to the Offset Motor 4 2 54 1 Removal 3 Reinstall the Offset Motor onto the Offset Assembly 1 Remove the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 138 y 4 Use two screws to secure the Motor to the Assembly 2 Remove the two screws securing the Motor to the Offset Assembly y 5 Reinstall the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 138 3 Lift the Motor off of the Assembly and free the Motor arm from the pag Offset Roll Rack 4 Disconnect J209 from the Offset Motor SSH492F Figure 4 69 Removal of Offset Motor Rev B 203 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 55 Face Up Exit Sensor J109 See Exit Lower Chute on page 277 4 2 55 1 Removal 1 Remove the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 138 2 Disconnect J109 3 Remove the two screws securing the Face Up Exit Sensor to the Exit Sensor Bracket and remove the Sensor 4 Remove the two screws securing the Exit Sensor Bracket to the Lower Chute and remove the Bracket 5 Unhook the Exit Sensor Spring from the Bracket and remove the Exit Sensor Actuator 4 2 55 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Exit
30. A Y Na ASO a us SS y N zn q E en 2 38 LEZ V COG X NO ae ae CON Cae iS SER204XA Figure 7 5 P J Location Map4 236 Rev B EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix P J142 F5231 F5230 P J141 P J140 P J143 P J144 7 J611A B J613A D SER222XA P J607 Figure 7 8 P J Location Map7 P J241 P J240 SER221F Figure 7 7 P J Location Map6 Rev B 237 Chapter 7 Appendix EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 SER219F Figure 7 9 P J Location Map8 238 Rev B EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 1 3 Signal Information Table 7 8 Signal Name
31. AN E E ES 191 EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge ecccccseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeseaaeeeeneeess 192 Removal Saad A E E 192 Installation tale 192 BTR Assembly Transfer roller Unit oooooconocccoconnccccncncnnonnnnncnnancnnnnannn 194 Removal A A A ES 194 EEE ON AEE E E E E AE E TEE EEE A E E 194 TONE SeN SO ii a a a a a aia 195 ROMOVa ltd EE A L E E E EA EE 195 Installation sintiani n A 195 CRU Interlock Switch cccccccccccncncncnnnninnnacnananananono nono nanananonnonononononononos 196 FREMOV All aiia e a T a i A 196 istallato n mean A Aa cates a A 196 Fuser Assembly succese a i a a 197 Removal att 197 Instalar ta o icia 197 Fuser Drive ASSOMDIy cooocccccnconcccccnononnnnnnnnnnnn cnn nnnn arrancan 198 REMOVAL uran A AA AA ERE 198 installato Mus taa datan act 199 Offset Exit Assembly cocoooocccinncccnnnccnonocncnnnccnornncnnnn cc cnc nnnnnccan rca nn 200 A O O 200 SAMOA A A A AE 200 Exit Drive Assembly usa ad 201 FRREMOVAIl ats acest E E ia asa p ode 201 Installation ius a a a aa aa aara 201 Exit Gate SolenOid raa aa e ove E r a a E AEEA 202 Remova marica a a sae vides a a ai 202 Mae ETON ad TAE E E E 202 DIESEN CO 20 lit betas 203 Removal ostia mall AAE E 203 Installation da idad Paes 203 Face Up Exit Sensor cnccanncccnnoccccnocncconnccnnnn cnn conc n conri nnnnn cnn nr cnn 204 REMOVAL sexta basar died 204 INStANANG A EEPE EERE ous Secnaavee enna A E aaeene 204 Offset Roller Assembly ccecccceee
32. Assembly MSI Nudger Roll a a MSI Feed Roll y Left Lower Cover Tray 1 amp Tray 2 MSI Feeder Assembly Tray 1 amp Tray 2 No Paper Senso Tray 2 Take Away Senso Interlock Switch Level Sensor eae y MSI Friction Clutc naos Cl He i ane Feed Nudger and L H Lower Cover Retard Roll Assembly l Figure 4 3 Flow Chart 2 Top cover BTR Assembly Front Chute Assembly Transfer Roller Assembly Y Y Left Chute Assembly Tray 1 Feeder Assembly Left Lower Cover Assembly Y Left Lower Cover Pinch Roll Assembly Figure 4 2 Flow Chart 1 Rear Cover ch401 Rev B 135 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Offset Exit Assembly Offset Motor Controller Board Unit Control Panel Low Voltage Power Supply Assembly Figure 4 5 Flow Chart 4 Offset Drive Assembly Fuser Drive Assembly Offset Roller Assembly Exit Roll Assembly Inverter Cluthes Lower Chute Assembly Upper Chute Assembly ch403 Figure 4 4 Flow Chart 3 Rev B 136 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Left Upper Cover Main Drive Assembl Tray 1 Feed Clutch Assembly i Tray 1 Take Away Roll Registaration Clutch Assembly Tray 1
33. Assembly and Take Away Roll back into the printer frame Reinstall the plastic bearing into the hole at the front of the frame Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Reinstall Gear 22 to the rear of the shaft and use an E ring to secure the Gear Align the screw hole in the Gear Stopper with the screw hole in the frame and use one screw to secure the Stopper Reattach the spring to the Retard Support Reinstall the plastic Feed Chute to the Take Away Roll Reinstall the Feed In Chute and use one screw to secure it to the Assembly SSH470F Figure 4 31 Removal of Tray2 Retard Assembly 163 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 22 MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder 4 2 23 MSI Tray Assembly See MSI Feeder Assembly on page 266 See MSI Tray Assembly on page 164 4 2 22 1 Removal 4 2 23 1 Removal 1 Face the left side of the printer 1 Remove the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 164 2 Hold both sides of the MSI Feeder Assembly and firmly pull the Assembly toward you and out of the printer 2 Remove the two screws securing the MSI Top Cover to the MSI Assembly and remove the Top Cover 4 2 22 2 Installation 1 Face the left side of the printer 2 Position the MSI Feeder against the MSI Support 3 Tilt the MSI Feeder so the Feed Gear slides through the cutout in a P107 the printer cover P
34. BLU CA 3200 6 24V ORN 2 ae 4 7 CL RGATE BLU CE SNRBEEXIT yey 1104 P104 J104 9 2 5VRTN VIO CH 10 1 mlm 2 P600 41 STS FSR yer 6 F 2 1 600 42 STS FSR YEL a aE 2 mean och 14 1 jun 4 4 5L_SNREFUT yer Ot HCE J601 VEL o 5VRTN VIO mlm 2 VIO SNR STK YEL YEL 3 4 3 a 5VRTN VIO 3 aS E VIO 5 24V ORN 2 us ORN e 5L gt SOL GATE BLU CE BLU 7 D J602 P602 J602 a Doza ORN Ace ORN 9 CL ICW BLU 3 ja 2 40 24V ORN aCe 44 CL ICCW BLU CA 12 5 J209 p08 J2 Ka OMOTSFWD BLU 2 mm a OMOTSREV BLU iE J109 J218 FEED CLUTCH 1 REGI GATE CLUTCH N N 3 EN E LILIES alm ales ll Be iS 1_ 00m al Tm vu N LiL al total FUSER EXIT SENSOR J109 FACE UP EXIT SENSOR N J133 FULL STACK SENSOR J210 ee EXIT GATE SOLENOID N ICW CLUTCH N ICCW CLUTCH N OCT MOTOR SER610XC Figure 7 19 Other Clutch and Sensor Offset Mother Exit Gate Solenoid MCU PWB Rev B Table 7 17 Signal Name Signal Name Description CL FEED1 Controls Tray 1 paper feed High No feed Low Feed CL RGATE Controls Registration Clutch High Clutch off Low Clutch on STSHFSR Fuser Heat Roll temperature Analog signal SNR FEXIT Monitors paper leaving the Fuser High Paper present Low Paper not present SNR FUT Monitors paper arriving at the Face Up output tray High Paper n
35. COMPONENTS Before starting any service procedure turn off the printer and unplug the power cord from the wall outlet If you must service the printer with the power applied be aware of the potential for electrical shock and do all tasks by following the procedures in this manual We Do not touch any electrified component unless you are instructed to do so by service procedure MECHANICAL COMPONENTS LASER ASSEMBLY and unplug the power cord Then manually rotate the assembly The laser beam is a very powertul straight narrow beam of light that produces extreme heat at its focal Do not try to manually rotate or stop the drive point The laser beam in this printer is invisible If you service a driving assembly e g gears first turn off the power This printer uses a laser as part of the printing process assemblies while the Main Motor is running Although you cannot see the beam it can still cause severe damage Direct eye exposure to the laser beam may cause eye injury or blindness Never place a mirror or a reflective tool or object in the laser beam path To avoid permanent eye damage follow these directions E Before starting any service procedure switch off the printer power and unplug the power cord from the wall outlet Do not disassemble the ROS Assembly or any laser component that displays a Laser Warning Sticker NH Use caution when you are working around the ROS Assembly or when you are p
36. Can t Print Duplex will be displayed and printing cannot be started This is the same as when the size and type of the tray for which an attempt is made to feed paper are those aforementioned If the paper type settings for the face and back differ from each other a Can t Print Duplex error will result 38 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description PRINTING MENU OFFSET STACKING Specify whether to perform Offset Stacking when outputting paper to a paper eject unit with a shifter This setting is for all the paper eject units and consequently it is the setting item valid for Face down and Finisher with a shifter on the EPL N4000 When Multibin Stacker and Out Bin Stacker Offset Stacking becomes invalid and paper is ejected to the center even if the bins to bin1 become full and Face down switches to Where print jobs with Offset Stacking On and Off are mixed the paper eject position does not move at a boundary when jobs with Offset Stacking Off are successive but the paper eject position moves at the boundary if either preceding or following print job has Offset Stacking On If printing is not executed as requested due to reset processing or the occurence of a Collage was disabled warning the paper eject position may be shifted If one job or quantity contains pages with Offset Stacking On and Off the specification for the first page to be output to a paper eject with a shifter only beco
37. Clutch The MSI Feed Roll and Nudger Roll are attached to the MSI Clutch At paper feed the MCU switches on the MSI Feed Clutch The MSI Feed Clutch transmits drive to the Feed Roll which rotates and begins feeding a single sheet of paper out of the MSI Tray Tray 1 Feed Clutch transmits drive to the Take Away Roll The Take Away Roll and Pinch Roll drive the sheet of paper into the Registration Roll Nudger Roller Take Away Roller Retard Roller SER714F Figure 2 10 Tray 1 Drive Mechanism Rev B 2 2 5 Mechanical Drive for Paper Fed from Tray2 The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for Tray 2 feed The Drive Assembly transmits drive to Tray 2 Feed Clutch Tray 2 Feed Roll and Nudger Roll are attached to the Feed Clutch At paper feed the MCU switches on the Tray 2 Feed Clutch The Feed Clutch transmits drive to the Feed Roll which rotates and begins feeding a single sheet of paper out of Tray 2 Main Drive Assembly Nudger Roller Take Away Roller Retard Roller SER724F Figure 2 11 Tray 2 Drive Mechanism 60 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 6 Mechanical Drive for Registration 2 2 Mechanical Drive for the Drum and BTR The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for the Registration Roll The The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for the Drum and BTR The Main Drive Assembly transmits drive to the Registration Clutch Ata Main Drive Assembly transmits drive to the Drum A s
38. Codes Before entering the error analysis check following points 1 Is the printer plugged into a recommended AC wall outlet 2 Is the AC power provided at the wall outlet within recommended specifications 3 Is the AC power cord connected to the printer 4 Is the AC power cord in good condition not frayed or broken 5 Is the printer properly grounded through the AC wall outlet 6 Is the printer located in an area where the temperature and humidity are moderate and stable 7 Is the printer located in an area that is free of dust 8 Is the printer located in an area away from water outlets steamers electric heaters volatile gases or open flames 9 Is the printer shielded from the direct rays of the sun 10 Does the printer have recommended space around all sides for proper ventilation 11 Is the printer sitting on a level and stable surface 12 Is recommended paper stock being used in the printer 13 Does the customer use the printer as instructed in the User Manual Rev B 14 Are consumables such as the Print Cartridge EP Cartridge replaced at recommended intervals 3 3 1 Inoperative Printer Even when the main switch is turned on LED on the Control Panel is not turned on LCD is still blank and Fuser Fan does not rotate and warm up does not start Step Table 3 10 Inoperative Printer Actions and Questions Suspect Components The following components are associated with this spec
39. J from the No Paper Sensor 4 Squeeze the Sensor latches and remove the Sensor from the Bracket 4 2 32 2 Installation 1 Position the Senor so the P J connector faces the screw hole in the Sensor Bracket 2 Insert the Sensor latches into the two opening in the Bracket The Sensor snaps into place 3 Make sure the arm of the No Paper Actuator is between the two arms of the Sensor SER3 1 2F 4 Reconnect the P J to the No Paper Sensor Figure 4 46 Removal of MSI No Paper Sensor 5 Insert the Bracket prong through the keyhole opening in the back of the Feeder 6 Slide the Bracket to the right so the screw hole in the Bracket lines up with the screw hole in the Feeder 7 Use one screw to secure the Bracket to the Feeder Rev B 177 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 33 L H Low Cover Assembly 4 Remove the two Holding Springs and lift the Pinch Roll out of the Bracket See Tray 1 Frame and Left Cover on page 269 5 Remove the two Center Bearings the two Shaft Springs and the 4 2 33 1 Removal two End Brackets from the Shaft 1 Remove the MSI Support Assembly MSI Support Assembly on page 166 2 Remove the four screws securing the Left Middle Cover to the printer frame and remove the Cover SSH477F ve r Figure 4 48 Disassembly of L H Low Cover Assembly SSH476F Figure 4 47 Removal of Left Middle Cover 3 LIft the Pinc
40. Main Power Switch on page 214 Reinstall the ESS Assembly and use four screws to secure it to the top of the LVPS Reinstall the Right Cover Right Cover on page 141 Reinstall the Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on page 139 4501 41 J502 S SSH341F Figure 4 81 Removal of LVPS Assembly 215 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 65 AC Driver PWB See HVPS and MCU PWB on page 284 4 2 65 1 Removal 1 Remove the Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on page 139 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 Remove the four screws securing the ESS Assembly to the LVPS and tilt the Assembly back and out of the way Remove the two screws securing the Bracket and AC Drive PWB to the frame The Bracket will fall off when you remove the two screws Do not lose the Bracket Disconnect the four P Js that are attached to the AC Drive PWB Squeeze the four latches securing the PWB to the printer frame and remove the PWB 4 2 65 2 Installation 1 Align the four holes in AC Drive PWB to the four latches on the frame and press the PWB into place 2 Reconnect the four P Js to the AC Drive PWB 3 Reinstall the Bracket under the frame so it sandwiches SSR1 and SSR2 between it and the frame 4 Use two screws to secure the Bracket and SSR1 and SSR2 to the frame Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Reinstall the ESS Assembly
41. Mor O Connector type RJ45 CMD PJL EJL ESCPL2 ESCP9 PRPXL24 01 PCL HPGL2 01 i ESCPAGE 04 MDL CLS PRINTER 1 8 DES CID ch103 Figure 1 7 RJ45 Connector Pin Position O Appropriate cable 2 pair STP 10 BaseT 100BaseTX For compliance with FCC class B EN55022 Class B and VCCI ClassB a shielded type cable must be used Rev B 20 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description NOTE 1 Added with Adobe PS 3 kit is installed 2 RCC and DIAG cannot be selected by users O Pin Assignments Table 1 22 Pin Assignment Pin Signal 1 0 1 TX O 2 Tx O 3 Rx 4 N C 5 N C 6 Rx 7 N C 8 N C O Printer Name Factory default setting is the same as Product Name O Product Name Product Name O Emulation Type See the table below O Entity Type See the table below When Emulation is Auto as it is shown in the table When Emulation is fixed Entity Type of default Emulation and EPSONPAGE4 are returned Table 1 23 Emulation Entity Type Emulation Emulation Type Entity Type PS POSTSCRIPT 00 LaserWriter ESC Page ESCPAGE 04 LJ4 PCL5E 00 RCC 2 DIAG 2 1239X PRPXL24 01 EPSONPRPXL24 GL 2 HPGL2 01 EPSONHPGL2 FX ESCP9 EPSONFX ESCP2 ESCPL2 EPSONLQ2 Rev B 21 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 3 12 3 Type B Interface O Emulation Type This printer is fitted a
42. Motor 2 Generates mechanic Tray 2 energy Offset Motor Generates mechanic Offset Roller Bracket Figure 2 1 Mechanical Drive i Figure 2 2 Mechanical Drive Major Component Rev B 53 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 1 2 1 Offset Motor In Offset printed papers are ejected into either rear side or front side Offset Motor generates the driving power for Offset page eject Also printed papers can be divided by the number of distribution MCU switches the Offset Motor on and off during the offset paper eject 1 When MCU Machine Control Unit turns on Offset Motor the Offset Motor drives the Bracket toward the front of the printer pushing the Offset Roll along with it 2 When the Bracket reaches the end of travel MCU stops Offset Motor 3 The MCU again switches on the Offset Motor which drives the Bracket toward the rear of the printer carrying the Offset Roll along with it 4 When the Bracket reaches the end of travel MCU stops Offset Motor and eject the paper leaving the Offset Bracket in that position 2 1 2 2 Main Motor and Main Drive Assembly The MCU PWB switches the Main Motor on and off The rotation of the Main Motor creates mechanical drive The Main Drive Assembly gears transmit the motor drive to Feed Clutch 1 Feed Clutch 2 and the MSI Feed Clutch At paper feed the MCU PWB actuates a Feed Clutch which in turn transmits drive to the appro
43. Multibin Unit Finisher Stapler HDD NOTE Finisher Stapler and HDD are only supported from EPL N4000 Refer to Table 1 2 on page 4 for support range CONTROLLER FEATURES O O High speed controller employing new CPU 64 bit RISC CPU VR4700 133MHz SDRAM DIMMs adopted 64MB RAM equipped as standard Expandable up to 256 MB using commercially available SDRAM DIMMs However 256MB SDRAM DIMMs cannot be used Two standard interfaces IEEE 1284 parallel interface Ethernet interface 100Base TX 1 slot for Type B interface Type B Level 3 is supported from EPL N4000 Enhanced Micro Gray loaded EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description SOFTWARE FEATURES O Supported emulation PCL5e Enhanced Micro Gray support paper handling support Refer to the Adobe PS 3 kit specification Enhanced Micro Gray support paper handling support EPL N4000 ESC Page language has upward compatibility compared to EPL N4000 Paper handling support PostScript Level3 ESC Page FX ESC P2 1239X PJL EJL RCC Firmware updating function DIAG Adjusts engine Not open to users EpsonNet WebAssist Enables to set printer configuration and network configuration using a web browser Only English version is available and Internet Explorer 4 01 or above is necessary NOTE PostScript Level3 is optional To be installed in slot A or B Dedicated to EPL N4000 Adobe PS 3 kit needs to be updated to EPL N400
44. N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 61 Electrical Noise Troubleshooting Table 3 60 Electrical Noise Troubleshooting Step Actions and Questions Yes No 2 OPTION ISOLATION Go to step 3 Go the If the printer has options installed such Technical as Duplex Unit or the High Capacity Manual for the Feeder remove each option one at a problem time and see how the printer option and operations without that option installed troubleshoot for arcing solenoids Does the Electrical Noise problem ENS go away when you remove a specific an ty s or wiring option 3 AC GROUND Go to step 4 Repair the AC Check the AC wall outlet wall outlet Is the AC wall outlet correctly wired and grounded Steps 4 through 11 attempt to finda faulty printer component that may be generating electrical noise If replacing a component does not solve the problem reinstall the old component before moving on to the next step 4 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Gotostep 5 Problem Replace the EP Cartridge solved Is the Electrical Noise problem still present 5 MAIN SWITCH REPLACEMENT Go to step 6 Problem Replace the Main Power Switch solved Is the Electrical Noise problem still present Step Actions and Questions Yes No 6 HVPS REPLACEMENT Go to step 7 Problem Replace the HVPS Assembly solved Is the Electrical Noise problem still present 7 AC DRIVER REPLACEMENT Go to step 8 Problem Replace the AC Driver PW
45. N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 25 MSI Size Sensor Assembly See MSI Tray Assembly on page 268 4 2 25 1 Removal 1 Remove the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 164 2 Place the MSI Feeder upside down with the Tray facing you 3 Remove the two screws securing the Lower Cover to the Upper Cover 4 Locate the three latches on the right side of the Tray See the figure 5 Press the first latch while you pry the edge of the Lower Cover out of the Upper Cover 6 Repeat step 4 for the remaining two latches located on the right side of the Tray 7 Repeat step 4 for the two latches that are located on the left side of the Tray and remove the Lower Cover from the Upper Cover 8 Remove the MSI Tray SSH475F 9 Squeeze together the latches holding the MSI Size Sensor to the Figure 4 36 Removal of MSI Size Sensor Assembly MSI Side Guide and pry the Sensor off away from the Upper Cover 10 Disconnect J107 and remove the Sensor Assembly Rev B 167 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 25 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the MSI Side Guide making sure the two latch tabs at the bottom of the Guide fit through the cutout in the Upper Cover Be sure to engage the actuator of MSI Sensor and the hole of MSI Size Link Be sure that actuator also moves when you mode the Link CHECK POINT 2 Slide the Side Guide all the wa
46. Nudger Roller Retard Roller Take Away Roller Take Away Sensor Retard Roller SSH667F Figure 2 32 Paper Feeding from Tray1 O From Registration Roll to BTR Drum Registration Sensor Retard Roller Switch Assembly Offset Roller Fuser Exit Sensor Exit Roller Pressure Roller BTR Registration Sensor MSI Feed Roller MSI Nudger Roller Take Away Sensor Take Away Roller Feed Nudger Roller Take Away Roller Take Away Sensor Registration Feed Nudger Roller Roller Registration Roller Feed Nudger Roller Retard Roller SSH672F Figure 2 33 From Registration Roll to BTR Drum Chapter 2 Operating Principles 74 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles O Fusing and Paper Eject Fuser Exit Sensor Offset Roller Exit Roller Registration Feed Nudger Roller Roller Registration Sensor Retard Roller Switch Assembly Offset Roller Heat Roller Fuser Exit Sensor Drum Exit Roller Pressure Roller BTR Registration 3 T Roller Registration Sensor MSI Feed Roller Feed Nudger Roller MSI Nudger Roller Retard Roller Take Away Sensor Take Away Roller Feed Nudger Roller Take Away Roller Take Away Sensor Retard Roller SSH673F
47. Panel Auto PING added in EPL IP Byte 123 N4000 IP Byte 223 192 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 IP Byte 323 168 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 IP Byte 423 192 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 SM Byte 1 23 168 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 SM Byte 2 23 255 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 SM Byte 323 255 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 SM Byte 4 23 255 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 GW Byte 1 23 0 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 GW Byte 2 23 255 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 GW Byte 3 23 255 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 GW Byte 42 3 255 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 Buffer Size 255 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 Normal Maximum Minimum AUX Menu AUX Config No Yes added in EPL N4000 Get IPAddress gt Panel Auto PING added in EPL N4000 IP Byte 156 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 e IP Byte 256 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 e IP Byte 39 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 IP Byte 456 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 SM Byte 1 56 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 SM Byte 2 56 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 SM Byte 3 56 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 SM Byte 4 56 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 GW Byte 155 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 GW Byte 2 56 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 GW Byte 398 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 GW Byte 4 56 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 e Netware gt S 0 to 255 added in EPL N4000 AppleTalk On Off added in EPL N4000 e NetB
48. Paper Specification O Paper Feeding Maximum 6 ways MP Multi purpose tray Cassette1 Casset 2 Cassette 3 Casset 4 Cassette 5 O Paper Feed volume Standard No optional parts 1050 sheets 50 500 x 2 E When using optional parts 3550 sheets Standard 500 1000 x 2 Rev B O Feeding Method Table 1 6 Feeding Method Paper Feeding Method Volume sheet Paper Size Paper thickness g m Standard MP Multi 504 Standard size paper Normal Paper purpose tray A3 B4 F4 Ledger 60 90 Legal Government Legal Executive e Custom size paper 5mm A4 B5 A5 Labels Normal Paper high OHP Thick Paper 60 90 ee cee Thick Paper etter Half Letter 90 190 Cassette 1 500 A3 L B4 P A4 L B5 L Normal Paper A5 L 60 90 TBD Labels OHP sheet thick Normal Paper paper Letter 60 90 Cassette 2 500 A3 P B4 P A4 L B5 L Normal Paper A5 L 60 90 TBD Labels OHP sheet thick Normal Paper paper Letter 60 90 High Cassette 3 Same as Cassette 2 Capacity Cassette 485 Each A3 L B4 P A4 L B5 L Normal Paper eae 1000 A5 L 60 90 Porta TBD Labels OHP sheet thick Normal Paper paper Letter 60 90 Thick Paper 90 190 Note a With 75g m paper 10 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Table 1 7 Paper Size and M
49. Prints Table 3 57 Damaged Image OProblem The printed page comes out of the Step Actions and Questions Yes No printer either wrinkled creased or 3 PAPER FEED INSPECTION Goto FIP Gotostep4 tora Run a Grid Test Print and switch OFF Skewed USUSPECT COMPONENTS printer power halfway through the print Image cycle The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these Open the Left Upper Cover Is the paper fed crooked components may have failed 4 PAPER PATH ROLLS INSPEC Goto step 5 Replace any TION damaged or partially or completely If you cannot wort rolls Inspect all of the rolls along the paper isolate the problem using this FIP path between the feed tray and the exit replace each component listed tray for contamination wear or below one at a time until the damage problem disappears Are the paper path rolls free of contamination wear or damage e No recommendations 5 EP CARTRIDGE INSPECTION Replace the Go to step 6 Table 3 56 Damaged Prints 1 Run a Grid Test Print and switch ae Cartridge OFF printer power before the sheet of paper reaches the Fuser and or the Step Actions and Questions Yes No 2 Open the Left Upper Cover BTR Assembly 1 PAPER INSPECTION Replace Go to step 2 rae e e laa Inspect the paper that is loaded in the With fresh Feeder that is having the damage dry paper 6 FUSER INSPECTION Replacethe Clean or probl
50. Replace the Replace the itf oe ee ees al obstructions 1 Generate another Grid Test Print and Fuser ROS Is the pa a ath free of from the switch OFF printer power when the Assembly Assembly contamination or obstructions Pare pata pe ee eee eee 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 2 ROS WINDOW INSPECTION Go to step 3 Clean ROS 3 Examine the paper areas before the 1 Remove the EP Cartridge window image enters the Fuser and after the 2 Inspect the ROS Window for mage exits the Fuser contamination that could be blocking Is the image on the paper normal part of the laser beam from reach the before it enters the Fuser but there Drum are vertical streaks visible when it gt Is the ROS Window clean a Rev B 118 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 7 Horizontal Streaks Step Actions and Questions Yes No OProblem There are black lines running horizontally across the page OSUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears e MCU PWB e CRU Connector and Contact Springs Table 3 41 Horizontal Streaks EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Install a new EP Cartridge Are the ho
51. Retard Asembly MSI Support Tray 2 Feed Assembly Clutch Tray 1 Lift Up Tray 2 Feeder Motor Asembly Support Assembly Spring CRU Interlock Switch Tray 2 Retard Registaration Chute Asembly Assembly Tray 2 Take Away Roll Asembly Registaration Roll Registaration Assembly Sensor Tray 1 8 2 Paper MCU PWB size Sensor High Voltage Power Supply Asembly ch405 Figure 4 6 Flowchart 5 Rev B 137 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 1 Fuser Full Cover See Top Cover Assembly on page 253 4 2 1 1 Removal 1 Remove the Mailbox or the HCS if either are installed 2 Open the Duplex Unit if one is installed 3 Open the Left Upper Cover Assembly and remove the screw securing the Fuser Cover to the frame See the figure below 4 Open the Front Left Cover and remove the screw securing the Fuser Cover to the frame See the figure below 5 Lift the Fuser Cover off of the Top Cover Assembly Figure 4 7 Fuser Full Cover Removal Rev B 4 2 1 2 Installation 1 2 Open the Duplex Unit if one is installed Open the Left Upper Cover Slide the tabs that are located at both ends of the Cover into the corresponding openings in the Top Cover Assembly See the figure below Lower the Fuser Full Cover onto the Fuser Assembly Press the Fuser Full Cover into place Make sure the tabs remain in place the Fuser Full Cover meshes smoothly with the Top Cover and t
52. and Assembly 4 2 69 2 Installation 1 Place the Bracket on a flat non conductive surface 2 Hold on to the edges of the PWB or one of the plastic connectors mounted on the board and reinstall the MCU into the Bracket Position the MCU so the connectors are on the right 3 Use four screws one in each corner to secure the MCU PWB to the Bracket Do not overtighten these four screws Overtightening may crack the PWB 4 Reinstall the MCU Cover onto the MCU Bracket Position the Cover so the three screw tabs are on the right and aligned over the three screw holes in the center of the MCU PWB 5 Use six screws to secure the MCU Cover to the MCU Bracket 6 Reinstall the MCU PWB Bracket onto the printer frame Make sure you do not trap any wire harnesses between the Bracket and the frame 7 Use four screws to secure the Bracket to the printer frame 8 Reconnect the seventeen P Js to the MCU PWB 9 Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 Rev B 221 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 70 Controller Board 4 Remove harness from the connector parts CN14 CN19 CN20 and CN21 on the controller board See Controller Assembly on page 285 5 Removes twelve screws that secure the controller board A wire of 4 2 70 1 Removal CN14 is secured by one fixing screw of ESS Cover 1 Remove Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on 6 Remove 2
53. and remove the corresponding optional device In case of the options which are supported for this printer perform the version up of the firmware O Collate was disabled Warning Explanation Due to the lack of memory all necessary data becomes unable to be stored as a result appointed job printing can not be done Or copy number which exceeds the maximum bin number is requested Only 1 copy from the fist page to the last page is printed O Check Paper Type Warning Explanation When paper feeding device and paper type are selected automatically this error appears in case that there is no device which support both that paper size and paper type or paper size matches but not paper type If paper type and paper size matches but there is no paper in the device this becomes Paper Out error and this error does not appear O Outbin Select Error Warning Explanation According to the rules of paper exit the appointed paper exit becomes invalid and paper is ejected to the other paper exit 98 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 2 2 Service Req Error 3 2 2 2 Controller Error i The table below shows service req errors related to the controller 3 2 2 1 Engine Error a Table 3 8 Controller Errors Following table lists service req errors related to engine Error Code ffff Explanation Table 3 7 Engine Error
54. and the CM Blade AA E generates a small electrical charge that is transferred to the toner E T Toner avoc A ra m _ VA Y The surface of the Magnetic Roll is made up of a thin sheet of conductive material The HVPS supplies the Magnetic Roll with two voltages a DC voltage and an AC voltage The DC voltage is used to T Drum Surface Drum Surface transfer toner from the Magnetic Roll to the surface of the drum The AC Image Voltage voltage agitates the toner on the Magnetic Roll making toner transfer easier a SI I1330xa Noe Developer The Magnetic Roll maintains a negative DC electrical potential ree Negative charged areas of the drum have a lower electrical potential or oa higher relative negative value than the Magnetic Roll Discharged areas Visible Developed Image of the drum have a higher electrical potential or lower relative negative value than the Magnetic Roll A discharged point on the surface of the drum now appears less negative or positive in relation to the negative Figure 2 27 Developing charge on the Magnetic Roll The toner adhering to the Magnet Roll is always in contact with the drum surface When a less negative point on the drum a discharged area comes in contact with the more negative charged toner on the Magnet Roll toner transfers from the Magnet Roll to that point on the drum There is now a visible toner image on the drum surface The image is called a developed image Rev B 71 EPSO
55. and use four screws to secure it to the LVPS Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 Reinstall the Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on page 139 J20 SER437XB Figure 4 82 Removal of AC Driver PWB 216 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 66 High Voltage Power Supply HVPS Assembly See HVPS and MCU PWB on page 284 4 2 66 1 Removal 1 Remove the MCU PWB MCU Machine Control Unit PWB on page 220 2 Disconnect J500 DTS FB CB and BTR from the HVPS PWB The PWB is easily broken Use care when removing the P Js from the HVPS PWB Use your fingers to hold down the PWB while you carefully disconnect each P J 3 Remove the two screws one on the left side and one on the right side that secure the HVPS Assembly to the printer frame 4 Pull out on the HVPS Assembly while your release the two clips one at the top and one on the right side that secure the HVPS to the printer frame 5 Remove the HVPS Assembly from the frame 4 2 66 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the HVPS Assembly onto the printer frame 2 Align the two positioning holes on the HVPS with the two tabs on the frame Make sure you do not trap any wire harnesses between the HVPS Assembly and the printer frame 3 Push the HVPS against the frame until the two clips snap into place Rev B 4 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Use two screws to secure the HVPS Asse
56. check Status 584 Finisher Stacker Tray ID RAM check Status 585 Finisher Stacker Upper Limit MCU version Up Error 586 Finisher Stacker Lower Limit Self Test Status 591 Finisher Stacker Head Reset All Status 592 Finisher Stacker Head Home Reset Status 593 Finisher Stapler Front Corner Job Cancel Status 594 Finisher Stapler Front Straight X Error yyy 595 Finisher Stapler Rear Straight X LC1 LC2 LC3 LC4 LC5 DM Multibin Finisher yyy 3 number 596 Finisher Clamp Home XXXXXX yyy Jam X X X X LC1 101 LC1 X A B C DM D MP ENV LC1 LC5 E F G H LC2 102 LC2 Staple Supply Error LC3 103 LC3 Stapler Jam Error LC4 104 LC4 Fac down Full Error LC5 105 LC5 Multibin 1 Full DM 207 DM comunication Multibin 2 Full Error Multibin 507 Multibin communication Multibin 3 Full Error Finisher 607 Finisher communication Multibin 4 Full Error 511 Finisher Stacker Tray1 Multibin 5 Full Error 51 2 Finisher Stacker Tray2 Multibin 6 Full Error 513 Finisher Stacker Tray3 Multibin 7 Full Error 521 Finisher Stacker Tray1 Upper Limit Multibin 8 Full Error 522 Finisher Stacker Tray2 Upper Limit Multibin 9 Full Error 523 Finisher Stacker Tray2 Upper Limit Multibin 71 0Full Error 531 Finisher Stacker Tray1 Lower Limit Finisher 1 Full Error 532 Finisher Stacker Tray2 Lower Limit Rev B 94 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 5 Printer Message Message Classification 3 Table 3 6 P
57. controls the flow of video data to the Laser Diode PWB C262 main board switches the laser diode on and off according to the image data being sent from C262 main board When the data signals for a black pixel C262 main board rapidly switches the Laser Diode on and off The MCU PWB provides the 5VDC needed to drive the Laser Diode The CRU Interlock Switch cuts 5VDC to the Laser Diode when the EP Cartridge is not in place in the printer The MCU PWB provides the 24VDC needed to run the ROS Motor The MCU PWB also provides the signal RMOT ON that switches the ROS Motor on and off To reduce ROS Motor wear the MCU switches off the ROS Motor after 15 minutes of printer inactivity The MCU PWB provides the 5VDC signal 5V needed by the SOS Sensor The Sensor returns information about the start of each scan to the MCU through the SOS signal PS A ae ROS Assembly Laser Diode PWB Modulated Laser Beam Start of Scan Sensor Scanner Motor PWB Figure 2 22 ROS Control 66 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles O ROS Safeguards There are two Safety interlocks built into the CRU cavity A molded tab located at the end of the EP Cartridge actuates Interlock SW1 which along with SW2 the Left Cover Interlock controls 24VDC out of the MCU PWB When the Left Cover is open or the EP Cartridge is removed SW1 and SW2 cut 24VDC out of the MCU PWB An electrical jack at the end of
58. find the location of a P J 1 Locate the P J connector number in the first column of the table 2 Find the page number for the corresponding map in the second column 3 Go to that page and find the connector Table 7 1 P J Location Table Table 7 2 P J Location Table Location Other end P J Map Connected to connected to 1 page 235 LVPS 110VAC Main Switch F52 F53 page 238 12 page 236 Fuser Heat Rods amp STS J23 AC Drive PWB amp J600 13 page 234 Finisher AC voltage CE11 8 CE12 110VAC connector line 19 page 238 Output Noise Filter F51 F53 PWB 20 page 238 AC Drive PWB AC Hot and AC N 23 page 238 AC Drive PWB P J12 Fuser Heat Rods amp STS 100 page 235 Registration Sensor P J459 MCU PWB 101 page 235 Take Away Roll 1 Sensor P J403 MCU PWB 102 page 235 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor P J459 MCU PWB Rev B Location Other end P J Map Connected to connected to 103 page 235 Tray 1 Level Sensor P J459 MCU PWB 104 page 236 Fuser Exit Sensor P J462 MCU PWB 105 page 236 Tray 1 Paper Size P J461 MCU PWB Sensor 106 page 234 SOS Sensor P J456 MCU PWB 107 page 235 MSI Size Sensor P J403 MCU PWB 108 page 235 MSI No Paper Sensor P J403 MCU PWB 109 page 236 Face Up Exit Sensor P J462 MCU PWB 127 page 236 MCU PWB Toner Sensor 133 page 236 Full Stack Sensor P J462 MCU PWB 140 page 237 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor P J4
59. from the host computer and software Modulated Laser Beam ROS Through the use of a series of rotating and stationary mirrors within the ROS the beam scans the negative charged drum surface Whenever the print controller sends a command to print a black pixel the laser switches on long enough to shine onto the drum at a single pixel point Drum Surface Drum Surface That point is now discharged and slightly less negative than the Image Voltage surrounding negative charge For the sake of simplicity the less f Laser Beam a j Y iasersoan negative areas are considered positive This discharge no discharge process creates an invisible electrostatic image on the surface of the drum This image is called a latent image Sr 1329x Discharge The ROS also helps to clean and prepare the drum by scanning the DA Level surface of the drum at the beginning of each individual printer cycle Invisible Latent Image This action discharges an residual DC charge that may still remain on the Drum from the last print cycle Figure 2 26 Exposure Rev B 70 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 4 3 Develop The toner contained within the EP Cartridge has a slight magnetic property that causes it to adhere to the Magnetic Roll The Charge Metering Blade CM Blade spreads the toner into a very thin layer on WAG ROLL CM BLADE HVPS the Magnetic Roll Friction between the Magnetic Roll
60. from the Interlock Switch Remove the screw that secures the Interlock Switch Bracket to the printer frame and pull the Assembly out of the printer Rotate the Switch Lever so it is straight up and slide it off of the Bracket Press the two clips securing the Switch to the Bracket and push the Switch out of the Bracket 4 2 68 2 Installation 1 Position the Switch against the opening in the Bracket so the two wire terminals are on the outside of the Bracket away from the screw hole Press the Switch into the Bracket It snaps into place Position the Switch Lever against the Switch with the foot of the Lever facing out Rotate the Switch Lever so it is straight up and slide it onto the Bracket Press and release the Lever to make sure it is functioning correctly Open the Duplex Unit and the Left Upper Cover Rev B 10 11 12 Position the Switch Bracket against the printer frame slightly down from the screw hole in the printer frame Raise the Bracket so the aligning key at the bottom of the Switch meshes with the slot in the printer frame The key and slot keep the Bracket from moving during operation Align the screw hole in the Bracket with the screw hole in the Frame Use one screw to secure the Interlock Switch Assembly to the printer frame Open and close the Left Upper Cover to make sure the Switch functions correctly Reconnect F5230 and F5231 to the Interlock Switch Reinstall the Rea
61. ico tt 277 Offset Roller cae ieee Ae Me ee A 278 Exit Upper Chute Assembly ecceceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeteneeeseaeeeseneees 279 Exit Drive Assembly nesnice iien iii 280 Main Drive ASSOMDIy 0000 2 ee ccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeseneeeseeseneeeeees 281 Fuser Drive Assembly 00 ceeeccececeeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeneeceeeeneeceeeeenneceeeeeneneaees 282 Power Inlet and LVPS ooo eeeeeeecececeneeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeesaeeeseneeessaeeeseneees 283 HVPS and MCU PWB isdans anina ieaiaia ta iadaaa tia aias 284 Controller Assembly ocoooncccnonccinnonccnnccnccnonccn nan c nn rcc canon nn 285 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 1 1 Features EPL N4000 N4000 is non impact page printer applied with laser xero graphic method SSHOO9F Figure 1 1 Exterior View of EPL N4000 ENGINE FEATURES O O O O High speed 4 high reliability A3 engine Resolution 600 dpi Printing speed 40 ppm A4 40ppm Letter Standard paper feeders are two universal cassettes 500 sheets x2 and manual feed tray 50 sheets CHAPTER 1 Product Description Options large capacity paper unit 500 sheets A4 to A3 on MP tray 1000 sheets on cassette 1 1000 sheets A4 Letter and Executive sizes on cassette 2 Refer to Table 1 6 Feeding Method on page 10 for details Offset stacking equipped as standard Wide range of options Duplex Module Face up tray Envelope Feeder
62. initialization rotation is performed throughout the copy formatting will start Reboot warm boot after initialization is finished After rebooting the support mode is cleared returning to O For stapling paper other than A4 and A3 at Rear at the rear of the compile tray the staple is run parallel to the paper edge The staple angle is as follows O Support Menu Adobe PS 3 kit HDD Init Press the setting execution switch and PS area initialization no usual mode i f A wenvordhecompue tay ie bad formatting will start Reboot warm boot after initialization is Double double stapling at the center of the compile tray finished After rebooting the support mode is cleared returning to parallel usual mode E Rear at the rear of the compile tray A4 A3 45 degrees MAINTENANCE MENU parallel O If Reset is performed while compile tray holds paper the job is O Engine Status Sheet Maintenance Menu terminated and paper is ejected without stapling The engine status sheet is printed Before performing this operation be sure to place the printer in a normal mode a mode other than O Stapling may not be carried out if Print overrun error occurs maintenance mode check that there is no service call related to the engine turn on the power again and enter the maintenance mode SETUP MENU The maintenance menu functions from Engine Status Sheet to Error Ol Setup M nu Auto Eject Page Log Clear are not open to
63. is in Sorter or MultiSort mode can then be selected Staple None Staple added in EPL 12 Not displayed on the panel Not printed on the status sheet ack ean Can be set with EJL PJL and so forth Not saved in NVRAM plaple poston A a 13 Only LJ4 mode and ESC Page mode are valid 14 Appears only when the optional duplex unit is installed 15 Appears when the finisher is installed 16 Appears when the optional Duplex Unit or the Finisher Staple is installed Rev B 28 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Table 1 30 Printer Setting Value Tray Menu MP Mode e Normal Last Added in EPL N4000 MP Tray Size A4 A3 A5 B4 LT B5 B HLT LGL GLT GLG EXE F4 IB5 ENV Tray size C5 DL C10 MON LC1 Size 5 A4 A3 A5 B4 LT LGL GLG B EXE B5 8 LC2 Size 5 A4 A3 B48 LT LGL GLG B EXE B5 LC3 Size 8 A4 A3 B48 LT LGL GLG B EXE B58 LC4 Size 8 A4 LT EXE B56 LC5 Size A4 LT EXE B56 MP Type Plain Preprinted Letterhead Prepunched Bond Recycled Color Transparency Labels ENV Tray Plain LC1 Type Plain Preprinted Letterhead Prepunched Bond Recycled Color Transparency Labels LC2 Type Plain Preprinted Letterhead Prepunched Bond Recycled Color Transparency Labels g Plain Preprinted Letterhead Prepunched LC3 Type Bond Recycled Color Transparency Labels Plain Preprinted Letterhead Prepunch
64. ity nm 4 ia hy 3
65. may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until component listed below one ata time until the problem the problem disappears disappears e ROS Assembly e MCU PWB C262 Main Controller Board e AC Drive PWB Table 3 58 Unfused Image or Image Easily Rubbed Off Step Actions and Questions Yes No 1 PAPER INSPECTION Replace Go to step 2 with fresh Is the paper wrinkled or dimpled dry paper 2 IMAGE DENSITY INSPECTION Replace the Go to Image Fuser Quality FIP Run a Black Test Print Assembly Light Is the Test Print a rich dark gray Undertoned Prints Rev B 129 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 5 Secondary FIPs The FIP Flowchart or a Primary FIP should have directed you to this section Before entering the Secondary FIPs 1 Is the printer plugged into a recommended AC wall outlet 2 Is the AC power provided at the wall outlet within recommended specifications 3 Is the AC power cord connected to the printer 4 Is the AC power cord in good condition not frayed or broken 5 Is the printer properly grounded through the AC wall outlet 6 Is the printer located in an area where the temperature and humidity are moderate and stable 7 Is the printer located in an area that is free of dust 8 Is the printer located in an area away from
66. motors solenoids or other components The MCU may also signal that an error occurred Example below A the start of a print cycle the MCU switches on the Main Drive Motor and then the Feed Clutch The MCU uses the Feed Clutch actuation as a timing marker The Feed Rolls attached to the Feed Clutch drive a sheet of paper out of the paper tray and down the paper path As the sheet of paper travels down the paper path it strikes the Registration Sensor The Sensor sends a signal to the MCU PWB telling it that the paper has arrived The MCU takes the elapsed time from when it actuated the Feed Clutch to the time it received the signal from the Registration Sensor and compares that time with the set time or expected time that is stored in ROM on the MCU PWB If the time elapsed is within range the print cycle continues If the time elapsed is slower than the set time or if there was no signal from the Registration Sensor within the set time the MCU interprets that as an error and sends an E1 1 Misfeed Jam status to the C262 Main Board Rev B EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles Switch on Main Drive Motor 2 Switch on Feed Clutch Feed Clutch Compare actual time with expected time If the same proceed If different signal E1 1 error Paper arrived at Registration Sensor Registration Sensor Ess PWB sr1313 E1 1 error detected Figure 2 46 Output to Moto
67. ooooccccnnncccnnccccconccnnnonnncnnncnnnnnnncnncn nan na nnnnncnns 63 Paper Path Component Control ooooccccnccccnnoccconoccccnaccnanonannnncc nono nn nnanncnnnns 63 ROS Raster Output Scanner oococcccococcccccooocccncconononononannnnncnonononncnnnannns 64 ROS Components ita it tase aceite naa 64 Housed inside the ROS Assembly cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeeeeeeeees 64 ROS Operations pirata 65 Image RESOLUTION eeir naea E E EN 66 ROS COMON ido a puted 66 Print ProCeSS oiiire een hee iros 68 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CEN Sieh att see Soa deste cies cea reek teva Fag red ee bate pile ned ede ct es 69 EXPOSUTS ci ada 70 BIELE E AP NEEE EAS Se RAiled Bal it end E 71 TRANSISR sevice A eel aid an ee ein Oe ea 72 Detack descarado catas 72 RUSIA des 73 AA ORO 7 Print Sequence ooo cece ccceesseceeceesseececescsaececcsesaeceeceesaaececesesaeeeeensaaas 74 Operating Principles for Power Supply Circuit 00 cee 76 Power Supply Circuit cooccccnncnconocccnnoccnononcncnnc conan nn nano cn nan nc nro cc narran 76 Power Supply Components cococccccccoccnonoccnconccononnnnnanc conan cnn nano cc nanrn naaa cnn 76 Printer Control rar eaa a A a 79 Printer Control Components coccoccconoccccoccccnonnananocononnn nano cnn nanc cc nan nnnnanncncns 81 Machine Control Unit PWB MCU PWB doonccccncnccccnonccconcccninnannnnncnn 81 Components attached to or associated with the MCU PWB 81 Function of the MCU durin
68. p Pick Up Tray 2 262 Left Cover Interlock Switch Assembly ccscscssssessssessesessesessensesensens 219 A ir a a a a Removal 219 Retard and Take Away Tray 2 o ccccceeceeeeeceneeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeaeeaeeeeeeeeess 263 Bee ee Pie Py ia ON Ag et A AS Feed Drive Transmission ee eaaa eaa no nana n oran ano n naar n nana nani 264 AAA A E E IA 219 Multi Sh d MSI Duolex S 265 MCU Machine Control Unit PWB scsssssesessseesssseeessssessssesesseeesesseeeeen 220 ult Sheet Inserter an uplex SUpport cesante cios Removal dota 220 MSI Feeder ASSCMDIY coccion conocer reno cerrar 266 Installation 997 Upper Feeder Assembly cococccccncconocccccccccnccnnconcnnnnnononncnncnncnnnnnannnnnn narcos 267 A e OS O A N MSI Tray Assembly cccccccseccscseccseeseccsseceecssecseesessseeseecssessessssessessee 208 Controller BO at tii E AAE E AEA E AATA EE AEA 222 Removal 299 Tray 1 Frame and Left Cover cooooocoocccnnonococcnnononnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoncnnnnnnnnnnnnns 269 Te E N i a N a a Moe lathes Tray E E LAR A tot cn ntc ar 270 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 FROGISU AU iii EE O E E T N 271 Left Upper Cover Assembly cociccccnnnccnoncccccnonanononcconn conan cnn rnncn naar nana 272 Transport Chute Assembly cococcccnnoccccoccccnoncnnnnccconnnnnano nn nana cananann rancia 273 ROS Assembly ci a AA lel aes 274 Xerography and Development cceeeceeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeennaeeeeeeeaees 275 Fuser ASSOMDIY nieren aro aaite aE S 276 Exit Cower GHUtG
69. replaced LC1 to 5 Counters indicated on the engine status sheet become zero and LC1 to 5 FR Changes increment by one MP Counter Clear Maintenance Menu t The serviceman executes this operation only once when the feed roller of the MP tray is replaced MP Counter indicated on the engine status sheet become zero and MP FR Change increment by one TR Counter Clear Maintenance Menu 1 2 The serviceman executes this operation only once when the transfer roller is replaced TR Counter on the engine status sheet become zero and TR Change increments by one DM Counter Clear Maintenance Menu 2 The serviceman executes this operation only once when the duplex unit is replaced Duplex indicated on the engine status sheet become zero FD Counter Clear Maintenance Menu 2 The serviceman executes this operation only once when around Face down is replaced Face down indicated on the engine status sheet become zero Rev B O FU Counter Clear Maintenance Menu 1 2 The serviceman executes this operation only once when around Face up indicated on the engine status sheet become zero MB Counter Clear Maintenance Menu 2 The serviceman executes this operation only once when the multibin is replaced Multibin indicated on the engine status sheet become zero Fin Counter Clear Maintenance Menuy 1 2 The serviceman executes this operation only once when the finisher is replaced Finisher indicated on the engine status
70. selected 4 items can be set RITech Copies MP Tray paper size and Toner Save Mode O Select Type Mode LED green On indicates that the printer is in the select type panel setting mode SWITCHES O On line The printer goes to not ready state by pressing this button when the printer is in the on line ready status Pressing this button during the panel setting the printer escapes from the panel setting mode and immediately goes to the On line ready mode NOTE If an error occurs after the printer goes to not ready status the printer goes to not ready status even the error is canceled 23 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 O Form Feed lf Data light is On in the not ready condition the printer prints the received data on the one sheet by pressing this button If the plural numbers of printing is selected the printer prints out that number In case of the data which the control code has not ended yet the printer prints out the data which has already received NOTE However if the data light is off the printer does not eject the paper O Continue Error is canceled by pressing this button while the Continue LED light is on When warning occurs warning indication is canceled by pressing this button O Select type Alt switch Ordinary condition One touch setting model 2 and select type mode O Menu switch The printer goes to the setting mode by pressing this switch O Item switch The printer goes to th
71. stapling Warning Can t Staple O No recovery is an erroneous stapling time The warning Check Stapler occurs O If an attempt is made to print with staple designation when there is no staple the error Staple Supply occurs O If an attempt is made to staple one sheet paper is ejected from the compile tray without stapling 39 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description O If an attempt is made to print the 51st sheet when 50 sheets or more are to be stapled the warning Can t Staple appears and paper is ejected from the compile tray O Even if the page size has no problem with stapling paper may be ejected without stapling depending on the combination of Orientation Binding Staple and Staple position The warning Staple Align occurs See the table below O In accordance with the combination of designation the print image is rotated relative to the paper See the table below E For ejecting paper to any tray other than finisher The same as EPL N4000 E For ejecting paper to the finisher Without staple designation Printing is performed 180 degrees reversely With staple designation The print image is rotated corresponding to the staple position m When Reverse is designated by the driver The print image is reversed compared with the usual staple designation time As a result the opposite position is stapled m When Stacker becomes full paper is ejected to Face down
72. sure J12 is mated correctly with P12 Tighten the two thumb screws to secure the Fuser Assembly to the printer frame Close the Left Upper Cover and the Left Front Cover If Fuser is exchanged be sure to reset the Fuser Counter See Maintenance Mode on page 46 r4 SSH327F Figure 4 64 Removal of Fuser Assembly 197 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 50 Fuser Drive Assembly See Fuser Drive Assembly on page 282 4 2 50 1 Removal 1 2 Remove the Fuser Assembly Fuser Assembly on page 197 Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 Remove the Offset Unit Assembly Offset Exit Assembly on page 200 Disconnect J23 from the AC Driver PWB and free the wire harness from the harness clips Disconnect FB red wire from the HVPS and free the wire harness from the harness clips Remove P204 wire harness from the Fuser Drive Assembly Disconnect J104 J600 and J602 Remove the two screws securing the Fuser Drive Assembly to the printer frame and lift the Assembly off of the frame Remove the screw securing the green ground wire to the printer frame 10 Pull up and remove the Fuser Drive Assembly Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly J104 P602 SSH499F Figure 4 65 Removal of Fuser Drive Assembly 198 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 50 2 Install
73. the MCU PWB When the last sheet of paper is fed out of the Paper Tray the No Paper adi Paper Level Sensor Actuator drops through a cutout in the Bottom Plate The Actuator G then blocks the Sensor and the Sensor sends a no paper signal to G A Link Stopper E the MCU PWB A Link Stopper 4 lt Tray out Tray in Feed amp Nudger Rolls up Feed amp Nudger Rolls down Actuator Actuator No paper Sensor y No paper Sensor Bottom plate no paper gt Figure 2 42 Level 1 Sensor SR1493X O MSI Size Sensor Monitors the size of paper that is loaded in the MSI Figure 2 41 No Paper Sensor Rev B 83 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles O O MSI No Paper Sensor Monitors the paper level in the MSI MSI Feed Clutch Transmits Main Motor drive to the MSI Feed Rolls Lift Up Motor 1 Raises the paper tray in Feeder 1 The MCU PWB switches on the Lift Motor The Motor rotates a square metal shaft that is located inside the Paper Tray The Shaft raises the Tongue which in turn raises the Bottom Plate and the paper stack up to the Feed Rolls Lift Motor Bottom Plate Plate Tongue Plate Tongue Bottom Plate Tongue Shaft Assembly SR1494X Figure 2 43 Lift Up Motor 1 Rev B O O Take Away Roll Sensor Monitors the paper travel at the Take Away Roll Interlock Switches 1 and 2 Monitors the CRU po
74. the cassette For the LGL and EXE setting B4 and B5 must not be placed Note Toner life is estimated based on continuous printing on A4 size in the cassette with 5 print coverage Toner life will vary according to print coverage and printing method continuous or intermittent print Rev B 18 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 3 12 Host Interface Specification 1 3 12 1 Parallel Interface EPL N4000 has the following interfaces fitted as standard O Interface type IEEE 1284 bi directional parallel interface O IEEE 1284 parallel interface O Operating mode Compatibility Nibble ECP Ol Ethernet interface O Connector type 57RE 40360 830B D7A DDK or equivalent O Option Type B slot O Compatible plug Amphenole or equivalent The default device ID setting for this printer is as follows The information is shown below including line breaks but the actual data is a continuous character string with no line break characters The CMD Option Type B Slot items are not in order The CID MODE and STATUS items are not included The DES item contents are MFG and MDL connected by a Parallel I F Connector space XXXX mentions products name O When Adobe PS 3 kit is not installed MFG EPSON CMD PJL ESCPL2 ESCP9 PRPXL24 01 PCL HPGL2 01 ESCPAGE 04 MDL XXXX Figure 1 6 Interface Part CLS RPINTER DES EPSON XXXX The following table shows which host interface configurations can be
75. the end of the Feed Shaft into the opening in the rear of the printer frame 2 Slide the Bearing into the Bearing cutout refer to the figure on the previous page 3 When both the Bearing is in place and the end of the Feed Shaft is through the opening in the rear of the frame release the Stopper Link 4 The Nudger Shaft should rest on top of the Stopper Link and the Link should secure the Feeder Assembly in place on the frame 5 Make sure the Paper Level Actuator tab on the Feeder is positioned in the center of the arms of the Paper Level Sensor 6 Slide the Feed Bearing onto the Feed Shaft and press the Bearing into the cutout in the frame 7 Reinstall the Feed Gear onto the Feed Shaft and use an E ring to secure it to the Shaft 8 Reinstall Tray 2 Feed Clutch along with the Feed Gear and Bearing Tray 2 Feed Clutch on page 159 9 Reinstall the Front Chute Tray 1 amp 2 Front Chute Assemblies on page 155 10 Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 11 Reinstall Tray 2 Rev B 161 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 20 Tray2 Take Away Roll Assembly 4 2 20 2 Installation See Retard and Take Away Tray 2 on page 263 1 Reinstall the Take Away Roll shaft onto the Retard Support 2 Reinstall the Center Bearing onto the Take Away Roll shaft and 4 2 20 1 Removal secure the shaft to the Support 1 Remove Tray 2 Retard Assemb
76. users Whether or not paper is ejected when a receive time out occurs O Total Counter Clear Maintenance Menu 2 On Paper is ejected with a time out Stapling is performed with Execute this operation to clear Total Counts on the engine board to staple designation zero Total Counts are printed on the engine status sheet O Off Paper is not ejected with a time out NOTE Page Count in the Setup Menu is counted on the controller side main board and the value of the Page Count is SUPPORT MENU different from Total Counts on the engine board This setting menu appears only when the printer is brought into Support mode by special operation at power on and can then be selected By turning off the power and restarting after that the Support Menu is deleted from the menu and the printer is brought into usual mode The support mode is a mode for users to set and execute the items which are not usually set HDD initialization etc Rev B 41 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description O Fuser Counter Clear Maintenance Menu 1 2 The serviceman executes this operation only once when the fuser is replaced Fuser Counter indicated on the engine status sheet becomes zero and Fuser Change increments by one NOTE The value of Fuser Counter may become negative due to O Total Counter Clear LC1 to 5 Counter Clear Maintenance Menu 2 The serviceman executes this operation only once when the LC1 to 5 feed rollers are
77. water outlets steamers electric heaters volatile gases or open flames 9 Is the printer shielded from the direct rays of the sun 10 Does the printer have recommended space around all sides for proper ventilation 11 Is the printer sitting on a level and stable surface 12 Is recommended paper stock being used in the printer 13 Does the customer use the printer as instructed in the User Manual 14 Are consumables such as the EP Cartridge replaced at recommended intervals Rev B Step Table 3 59 Electrical Noise Troubleshooting Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears e Lift Up Motors e Feed Clutches e ROS Assembly e Offset Unit e ESS PWB Yes EXTERNAL NOISE 1 Check if there is other electrical equipment such as electrical generators radio transmitters or devices using electrical motors within ten feet of the printer 2 Shut off the other electrical equipment or relocate the printer at least twenty feet away from the other devices Is the Electrical Noise problem still present Go to step 2 Permanently relocate either the printer or the problem device 130 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL
78. yee 2 daa cut Fi aj 2 E ac g 1 A 10 Ali g de Pee fe lig Loa z a i 5 A es COO e di 120 i a 332312 QUID op ZI w Y s o o Ol o y gi i T ma oa S gQ og ER lee _ me Li O e L Figure 7 23 C262 Main Component 251 Rev B EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix i CT 00 Zama S FER dl i n 000 E EE yh ES 343 i it oy pok a fi a he inf el gt quo 4 g ph na min a DK 5 00 22 ag Ua ag mm rel E 29 0 ns at t DUD DE 1 cy Ui i man gi i El g i TE 0 ral mitts pEr oe ij a Ds TEU qa E ty sj A ype i gm eb P i s TR g AO 1h 0 i l y Pg an 28 E ai ai g Ami E E E E 0 gii H JE O amo S iy A i I d gg PN CE or godt So be M as F a00 T NE iD i i a R 7 ja tT n e l MpL p yg pe an Bg foo LL a hy RE Je a te on nn a y oy YESA om g i uy Don _ ES qa o mom f US y i LL 7 Ds a 0 Des 5 do k De bo Fl TE y p ap ii Ea imi igg a oo gI Gl sme E 1 p Eg i i I i E E y has 9 9 i it i H i aes ym op at i 0 game O ag Pg a 0 E QU Uk 5 a 20 a bs g o GE an j a d a a a Tum EE oe al k TT mp ii E of 5 am fi i dee i JD TL ps 5 a02 Rev B Figure 7 24 C262 Main Component Layout Soldered side 252 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 Parts List 7 3 1 Top Cover Assembly Table 7 21 Parts Name for Top Cov
79. 0 too Adobe PS 3 kit Firmware module Print Finisher HDD EPL N4000 EPL N400 enable disable EPL N4000 EPL N4000 enable disable disable EPL N4000 EPL N4000 invalid Adobe PS disable 3 kit error EPL N4000 EPL N4000 enable enable O Rewriting flash ROM DIMMs Flash ROM DIMMs in slot A and the program slot can be rewritten from any I F Not open to users except slot A Downloading of NLSP is written through slot A and inserted in slot C when used When rewriting the firmware of Adobe PS 3 kit for EPL N4000 to Adobe PS 3 kit for EPL N4000 insert in slot A Panel Setting m EPL N4000 Available to set the printer mode print menu and device menu individually by each language s environment interface m EPL N4000 All modes except the printer mode are changed to the common environment with interface Environment setting not by the panel operation is added Table 1 1 Printer environment setting not by the panel setting EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Panel setting by Web O Network setting by Web O O Network setting by O ENPC NOTE O Available y Not available O Support range of EPL N4000 and EPL N4000 For this product firmware will be developed in two stages EPL N4000 and EPL N4000 Firmware is stored in the flash ROM DIMM and therefore it can be modified from EPL N4000 to EPL N4000 Each support range is as follows The hardware is common
80. 08 MCU PWB 141 page 237 Tray 2 Level Sensor P J408 MCU PWB 142 page 237 Tray 2 Size Sensor P J408 MCU PWB 143 page 237 Take Away Roll Sensor P J408 MCU PWB 144 page 237 Tray 2 Left Cover P J607 and P J408 MCU Interlock Switch PWB 200 page 236 Registration Clutch P J462 MCU PWB 201 page 236 Take Away Clutch P J462 MCU PWB 202 page 236 Feed Clutch 1 P J462 MCU PWB 203 page 236 Lift Up Motor 1 P J403 MCU PWB 204 page 236 Fuser Fan P J460 MCU PWB 205 page 236 Main Motor P J460 MCU PWB 231 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 3 P J Location Table Table 7 4 P J Location Table Location Other end connected P J Map Connected to to 406 page 236 MCU PWB P J480 P J481 HCF Cabinet PWB 407 page 234 Laser Diode Driver P J456 MCU PWB 408 page 236 MCU PWB P J140 No Paper Sensor 2 P J141 Level 2 Sensor P J142 Size 2 Paper Sensor P J143 Take Away Roll 2 Sensor P J144 Left Cover 2 Interlock Switch P J240 Tray 2 Feed Clutch P J241 Tray 2 Lift Up Motor 410 page 236 MCU PWB Type DO Console CN20 Controller P J430 Laser Diode Driver CN14 page 235 Control Panel Controller CN21 Controller P J501 502 LVPS PWB Controller P J417 Control Panel PWB CN19 Controller P J402 MCU PWB 430 page 234 Laser Diode Driver ESS Mother PWB 454 page 236 MCU PWB P J606 CRU CRU Memory 456 page 236 MCU PWB P J106 SOS Sensor
81. 1 Removal 1 Remove the MSI Tray Assembly MSI Tray Assembly on page 164 2 Remove MSI Top Cover 3 Remove the screw securing the MSI Tray Support PL4 1 9 to the Feeder Assembly and pull the Support away from the Assembly Figure below SSH315F Figure 4 38 Removal of Rear Hook Bracket SSH2651F Figure 4 37 Removal of MSI Tray Support Rev B 169 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 6 Remove the E ring securing the MSI Link Gear to the idler shaft and slide the Gear along with the MSI Drive Gear Assembly off of the shaft Figure below SSH317F Figure 4 40 Removal of MSI Feed Clutch SSH316F Figure 4 39 Removal of MSI Link Gear 7 Remove the E ring securing the MSI Feed Clutch to the Feed Shaft and slide the Clutch off of the Feed Shaft Figure right Rev B 170 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 26 2 Installation 1 Position the MSI Feed Clutch with the gear facing out and slide the Clutch onto the Feed Shaft 2 Thread the Clutch wire harness through the cutout in the Support frame 3 Rotate the Clutch so the notch in the Clutch fits into the key in the Assembly Figure on the previous page 4 Use and E ring to secure the MSI Feed Clutch to the Feed Shaft 5 Reinstall the Link Spring onto the Rear Latch Figure on the previous page 6 Slide the MSI Link Gear alo
82. 2 7 gear off of the Main Drive Assembly Drive drive gear Assembly 2 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Motor Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding Step Actions and Questions Yes No 7 REGISTRATION CLUTCH BIND Replace the Go to step 8 ING CHECK Registration 1 Remove the Registration Clutch Clutch with 2 Hand rotate counter clockwise the a new one Main Motor Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding 8 FEED CLUTCH BINDING CHECK Replacethe Replace the 1 Remove the Feed Clutch Feed Clutch Main Drive 2 Hand rotate counter clockwise the witha new Assembly Main Motor one Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding 9 LVPS 24VDC CHECK Replace the Replace the Measure the voltage between J400 5 Main Drive LVPS and FG and between J400 6 and FG Assembly Assembly on the MCU PWB Is there 24VDC between J400 5 and FG and is there 24VDC between J400 6 and FG Rev B 106 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 5 Inoperative Paper Feed Drive Paper feed drive does not work The problem is not identified by a displayed Error Code Step Table 3 21 Inoperative Paper Feed Drive Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated wi
83. 2 Feed Drive Transmission Table 7 33 Parts Name for Feed Drive Transmission No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 GEAR 16T 2 GEAR 30T 3 SHAFT C L T A 4 5 SUPPORT C L T A 6 GEAR 31T 7 GEAR 33T 8 GEAR 16 22 9 LINK ASSEMBLY 10 SPRING TORSION 11 BEARING 12 HARNESS CLAMP 99 KIT FEED DRIVE REPAIR with 1 2 and 6 11 SER512XE Vv 99 1 2 6 11 Figure 7 35 Feed Drive Transmission Rev B 264 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 13 Multi Sheet Inserter and MSI Duplex Support Table 7 34 Parts Name for Multi Sheet Inserter and MSI Duplex Support 1 SUPPORT FRONT COVER 2 SUPPORT REAR COVER 3 MSI DUPLEX CUPPORT ASSEMBLY 4 HARNESS ASSEMBLY DRAWER de 5 SPRING DAMPER F E 6 SPRING DAMPER R PRY 7 MULTI SHEET INSERTER ASSEMBLY 8 MSI TOP COVER 9 MULTI SHEET TRAY SUPPORT 10 MULTI SHEET INSERTER HINGE STUD 11 MULTI SHEET TRAY SPRING 12 MSI HARNESS CLAMP SER513FC Figure 7 36 Multi Sheet Inserter and MSI Duplex Support Rev B 265 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 14 MSI Feeder Assembly Table 7 35 Parts Name for MSI Feeder Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 MSI FEEDER ASSEMBLY with 2 17 PL4 3 v1 with 2 17 PL 4 3 2 MSI LINK GEAR 3 MSI DRIVE GEA
84. 208 a 4 Hold the MSI Feeder Assembly level and push the Assembly FA A FANS against the printer EG SSH265F Figure 4 33 Remove of MSI Top Cover Figure 4 32 Removal of MSI Feeder Assembly Rev B 164 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 3 Disconnect the P J that runs from the Tray Assembly to the Feeder 4 2 23 2 Installation Assembly a 1 Slide pivot hole on the left side of the Tray onto the metal shaft on 4 Release the Tray Spring that is attached to the left side of the Tray the Rear Support 5 Push out on the Front Support as you slightly bow the Tray and 2 Push out on the Front Support as you slightly bow the Tray and slid release the pivot hole on the right side of the Tray from the metal the pivot hole on the right side of the Tray into the metal shaft on the shaft on the Front Support Front Support 6 Remove the MSI Tray Assembly 3 Insert the free end of the Tray Spring into the slot at the bottom edge of the Tray 4 Reconnect the P J that runs from the Tray Assembly to the Feeder Assembly 5 Reinstall the MSI Top Cover and use two screws to secure it to the MSI Assembly 6 Reinstall the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 164 7 Reinstall the Duplex Unit if one was installed SER319XA Figure 4 34 Removal of MSI Tray Assembly Rev B 165 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 24 MSI Support As
85. 24VDC motor the printer motors and the action of the gear clusters and clutches that are used to transmit and control motor rotation to the various 2 Main Drive Assembly o components throughout the printer The primary purpose of Mechanical Contains the 24VDC Main Drive Motor and the Main Drive Drive within the printer base is to drive a sheet of paper out of a Assembly Gears The Main Motor is attached to the Main Drive selected paper tray through the printer and into an output tray The Assembly ROS Motor is not considered part of Mechanical Drive The Main Drive 3 Lift Up Motor 1 Motor turns the Main Drive Assembly gears The Drive Assembly A 424VDC motor provides drive to the Feed Clutches the Registration Clutch the Fuser the Drum and BTR and the Exit Clutches Lift Up Motors supply drive to 4 Lift Up Motor 2 each paper tray raising the Bottom Plate of each tray so the paper A 24VDC motor stack contacts the Feed Rolls The Offset Motor provides drive to the Offset Rolls energy energy to Registration Clutch DD Feed Clutch 2 gt MSI Feed Clutch gt Fuser Drive Gear gt Drum Drive gt BTR Gear gt Inverter CW Clutch Offset Motor Exit Drive H gt Inverter CCW Clutch gt ExitRoll Gear Main Drive Assembly Lift Up Motor 1 Generates mechanical Tray 1 Lift Up Motor 1 energy m Lift Up Motor 2 sr1314 Sr1345x Lift Up
86. 307F Figure 4 14 Removal of Tray 1 Lift Up Motor Rev B 144 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 8 Tray 1 Feed Clutch See Tray Interface Tray 1 on page 258 4 2 8 1 Removal 1 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 Open the Duplex Unit Open the Left Upper Cover Disconnect J202 from the Tray 1 Feed Clutch Remove the E ring that is securing the Feed Clutch to the shaft Slide the Feed Clutch away from the printer frame then rotate the Clutch until you have enough clearance from the Support Spring to slide the Clutch completely off of the shaft SSH308F Figure 4 15 Removal of Tray 1 Feed Clutch Rev B 4 2 8 2 Installation 1 2 Position the Feed Clutch over the end of the Feed Shaft Reposition the Feed Clutch so it fits the key notch on the shaft and you can feel the Clutch slide onto the shaft and press the Clutch onto the shaft until the Clutch P J clears the Support Spring Rotate the Clutch until the slot in the Clutch lines up with the key on the frame Press the Clutch onto the shaft until it stops and make sure the key on the frame is in the slot in the Clutch Use an E ring to secure the Clutch to the shaft Reconnect J202 to the Feed Clutch Reinstall the Rear Cover See Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 145 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 9 Feed Nudger and Retard Rolls See Pap
87. 4 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 64 Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS Assembly See Power Inlet and LVPS on page 283 4 2 64 1 Removal 1 Remove the Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on page 139 Remove the Right Cover Right Cover on page 141 Remove four screws securing the ESS Assembly to the LVPS and tilt the ESS Assembly back and out of the way Remove the Main Power Switch Remove the five screws securing the LVPS to the printer frame Pull the LVPS a few inches out so you can access the rear of the Power Supply Disconnect J1 J235 J501 and J502 from the LVPS Remove the wire harnesses from the harness clips at the rear of the LVPS Remove the LVPS Assembly 4 2 64 2 Installation 1 Position the LVPS Assembly above the printer frame with the LVPS Fan facing the rear of the printer Route the four black and white Main Power Switch wires to the rear of the LVPS Reconnect J1 J235 J501 and J502 to the LVPS Rev B 10 Reinstall the wire harnesses into the harness clips at the rear of the LVPS Slide the LVPS into place in the printer frame Make sure you do not trap the Main Switch wires between the LVPS and the printer frame Align the LVPS so the five screw holes in the LVPS line up with the five screw holes in the printer frame Use five screws to secure the LVPS to the printer frame Reinstall the Main Power Switch
88. 4 CN19 CN20 and CN21 of the controller board 6 Reinstall the ESS Cover Rev B 223 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 5 Adjustment No adjustment is necessary for this printer Rev B 225 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter6 Maintenance 6 1 Maintenance This section explains about maintenance of the printer Lubrication and adhesion points are not really regulated for this printer However there are some exchange units by the users are regulated 6 1 1 Exchange Units and Parts by User Any units or parts that user can change are listed below Refer to the figure on your right Table 6 1 Exchange Units and Parts Reference No in the Life Page volume one figure Name side printing 1 EP Cartridge 20000 2 Fuser 300000 3 BTR Transfer Roller 300000 4 Feed Roll Tray1 300000 5 Feed Roll Tray2 300000 6 Feed Roll Tray3 300000 7 Feed Roll Tray4 300000 8 Feed Roll Tray5 300000 If the fuser is exchanged be sure to perform Fuser Counter Clear See Maintenance Mode on page 46 If BTR transfer roller is exchanged be sure to perform TR Counter Clear See Maintenance Mode on page 46 m If Feed Roll is exchanged be sure to perform LC1 5 Counter Clear See Maintenance Mode on page 46 SSHO3OFA Figure 6 1 Exchange Units and Parts Rev B 227 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 1
89. 4 to the Fuser Fan 7 Reinstall the Fuser Full Cover See Fuser Full Cover on page 138 SSH302F Figure 4 9 Removal of Top Cover Assembly Rev B 139 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 3 Rear Cover Assembly See Rear Left and Right Cover on page 255 4 2 3 1 Removal 1 2 Remove the AC power cord from the rear of the printer Remove the two screws securing the Rear Cover Assembly to the printer frame Pull the bottom of the Rear Cover away from the printer frame and slide the Cover down to remove it 4 2 3 2 Installation 1 Slide the top edge of the Rear Cover under the edge of the Top Cover then press the Rear Cover against the printer frame Slide the Cover down so the bottom edge catches the lip of the printer frame Use two screws to secure the Rear Cover Assembly to the printer frame Reconnect the AC power cord to the rear of the printer Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly SER305F Figure 4 10 Removal of Rear Cover Assembly 140 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 4 Right Cover See Rear Left and Right Cover on page 255 4 2 4 1 Removal 1 Remove the two screws securing the Top Cover to the Right Cover 2 Carefully raise the right end of the Top Cover and at the same time lift the Right Cover up and away from the printer frame SER306F Figure 4 11 Removal of Right Cover Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and A
90. 6 If you are removing the EP Cartridge as part of another RRP place the EP Cartridge in a covered box or cover it with a dark cloth to protect it from exposure to light Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Figure 4 60 Removal of EP Cartridge 4 2 45 2 Installation 1 Open the Duplex Unit 2 Open the Left Upper Cover Do not attempt to install the EP Cartridge without first opening the Left Upper Cover 3 Open the Front Left Cover Assembly Cover Assembly FL 4 Hold the EP Cartridge by the top handle and carefully slide the EP Cartridge into the printer 192 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 5 Release the top handle and allow it to fold out of the way then slide the EP Cartridge the rest of the way into the printer 6 Push firmly on the end of EP Cartridge to make sure it is correctly seated in the printer 7 Hold the edges of the EP Cartridge and pull out to make sure the EP Cartridge is latched in place Do not hold the handle when pulling out You will release the EP Cartridge latch 8 Close the Front Left Cover 9 Close the Left Upper Cover 10 Close the Duplex Unit Rev B 193 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 46 BTR Assembly Transfer roller unit 4 Position the BTR so the BTR gear on one end of the Roll is to the rear See Xerography and Development Transport Chute Assembly on page 274 5 Press the e
91. 8 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 60 Full Stack Sensor 4 2 60 2 Installation See Exit Upper Chute Assembly on page 279 1 Reinstall the Full Stack Sensor by pressing the Sensor latches into the cutouts in the Offset Assembly 4 2 60 1 Removal CHECK Make sure you install the Sensor with the wire 1 Remove the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 138 POINT positioned to the rear of the Offset Assembly and the Sensor actuator moving freely through the 2 Disconnect J133 and remove the wire harness from the harness cutout below the Sensor clips 3 Squeeze the latches to unlock the Full Stack Sensor and remove 2 Reconnect J133 and secure the wire harness under the harness the Sensor from the Offset Assembly clips 3 Reinstall the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 138 SSH497F Figure 4 75 Removal of Full Stack Sensor Rev B 209 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 61 Inverter Clutches See Appendix Exit Drive Assembly on page 280 4 2 61 1 Removal 1 Remove the Exit Drive Assembly Exit Drive Assembly on page 201 Remove the four screws securing the Drive Support to the Inverter Bracket and lift the Support off of the Bracket Disconnect P J 218 and P J 219 and free the wire harness from the harness clips Slide the CCW Gear off of the CCW Clutch Slide the CW Gear off of the CW Clutch Lift the CCW Clutch off o
92. Ao 08 PL9 3 and PL9 4 oe 2 SOLENOID ASSEMBLY w 1 with PL9 1 PL9 2 PL9 3 and PL9 4 3 LINK SOLENOID FL9 3 13 4 SPRING oe 5 OFFSET MOTOR 6 LOWER CHUTE ASSEMBLY with 7 15 7 PINCH ROLLER SPRING FRONT 1 8 PINCH ROLLER SPRING REAR 1 9 PINCH ROLLER SPRING FRONT 2 10 PINCH ROLLER FRONT 11 PINCH ROLLER REAR 3 12 FUSER ROLLER REAR 13 LOWER CHUTE 14 ELIMINATOR 15 PINCH ROLL SPRING REAR 2 16 EXIT SENSOR 17 EXIT ACTUATOR 18 EXIT SESOR SPRING 19 EXIT SENSOR BRACKET 20 BRACKET ASSEMBLY FRONT 21 LOWER CHUTE FACE UP a 22 FRAME ASSEMBLY REAR d 23 EXIT HARNESS J601 lt gt J109 3133 J210 a SIN PL 10 2 8 SER526XE Figure 7 49 Exit Lower Chute Rev B 277 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 26 Offset Roller Table 7 47 Parts Name for Offset Roller No in the Figure Unit Parts Name BEARING ROLLER ASSEMBLY EXIT FUT GEAR 19 ASSEMBLY OFFSET ROLLER ASSEMBLY OFFSET RACK OFFSET BRACKET OFFSET ROLLER SLEEVE OFFSET ROLLER OFFSET ROLLER BEARING REAR OFFSET ROLLER BEARING FRONT OFFSET SHAFT OFFSET SHAFT PIN GEAR 19 Rev B SER527FA Figure 7 50 Offset Roller 278 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 27 Exit Upper Chute Assembly PL9 1 23 A SS 4133 y lt Table 7 48 Parts Name for Exit Upper Chute Assembly No in the Figure Unit
93. B solved Is the Electrical Noise problem still present 8 LVPS ASSEMBLY REPLACE Go to step 9 Problem MENT solved Replace the LVPS Assembly Is the Electrical Noise problem still present 9 FUSER ASSEMBLY REPLACE Go to step Problem MENT 10 solved Replace the Fuser Assembly Is the Electrical Noise problem still present 10 MCU PWB REPLACEMENT Go to step Problem Replace the MCU PWB 11 solved Is the Electrical Noise problem still present 11 MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY Go to Problem REPLACEMENT Suspect solved Replace the Main Drive Assembly Component Is the Electrical Noise problem still present S Rev B 131 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 1 Overview This section contains the removal and replacement procedures for major parts and subsystems within the printer 4 1 1 Cautions before starting See the precautions below when disassembling or assembling EPLN4000 Switch off the printer power and disconnect the AC power cord from the wall outlet 5 Wait at least 30 minutes for the Fuser to cool before removing parts in the Fuser area NH Since this printer weights approximately 50Kg at least two people should carry it when moving it Remove the EP Cartridge and cover it with a dark cloth or place it in a sealed container to protect it from exposure to light Disconnect all interface cables from the back of the printer m Wear an electrostatic discharge wrist strap to protect se
94. C CLK Controls the AC voltage value to the Magnet Roll Negative logic DB ON Switches DB voltage Negative logic 243 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix P204 J204 P204 J460 P460 E FFANSPWR ORN i gt E 3 FAN LOW BLU Fl gt 3 FANSFAIL BLU FUSER FAN 4 M 3 2 3 a E 7 24VRTN VIO H P205 J205 MNOTSPWN BLU H E MC CLK BLU s lt _ 5V GRY 5 5VRTN VIO 3 i MAIN Loy A 24VRTN VIO H MOTOR A 24VRTN VIO 40 3 24VSQ ORN ii a a 24VSQ ORN H P233 J233 INTLK SM 1 P232 INTLK SM 2 24VSQ P523 1329 J458 P458 SER607FB Figure 7 16 Fuser Fan e Main Motor e Interlock SM1 amp SM2 MCU PWB Table 7 14 Signal Name Signal Name Description MMOT PWM Switches Main Motor High Off Low On MC CLK Monitors the speed of the Main Motor FFAN PWR Switches the Fuser Fan High On Low Off FAN LOW Switches the speed of the Fuser Fan High Low speed Low High speed FUSER FAIL Monitors the Fuser Fan Low Operation correct High Operation incorrect INTLK SW1 Monitors Left Cover interlock switch High Cover open Low Cover closed Rev B 244 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Figure 7 17 TRAY1 MCU PWB MSI MCU PWB ENVELOPE Rev B
95. CLAMP PL11 4 237 I 460 SER530FC Figure 7 53 Main Drive Assembly Rev B 281 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 30 Fuser Drive Assembly v1 with 2 9 Table 7 51 Parts Name for Fuser Drive Assembly lt he p IR PL11 4 21 1 FRAME ASSEMBLY EXIT REAR with 2 9 i gt GEAR 22T ON 4 3 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 3 4 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 5 BRACKET 6 SPRING 7 BRACKET 8 FRAME ASSEMBLY EXIT REAR 9 STOPPER HOOK 10 HARNESS CLAMP 1 11 HARNESS CLAMP 2 12 HARNESS CLAMP 3 13 DRAWER CONNECTOR P12 lt gt J23 J600 14 CONNECTOR P104 15 CONNECTOR P602 SER531FE Figure 7 54 Fuser Drive Assembly Rev B 282 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 31 Power Inlet and LVPS Table 7 52 Parts Name for Power Inlet and LVPS No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 POWER INLET CONNECTOR 2 NOISE FILTER PWB 100V 120V NOISE FILTER PWB 220V BRACKET N F PWB STUD HARNESS CLAMP MAIN POWER HARNESS F51 F54 J1 lt gt J13 J19 J20 MAIN SWITCH BRACKET ASSEMBLY SWITCH OUTLET BRACKET FINISHER PS ASSEMBLY M4 100V 120V PS ASSEMBLY M4 220V o CO NI aj A a oa O SER532FC Figure 7 55 Power Inlet and LVPS Rev B 283 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 32 HVPS and MCU PWB PL11 1 6 Table 7 53 Parts Name for
96. Change This indicates how many times the Feed Roll of MP is exchanged 1 is added when MP Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu Transfer Roller TR Counter This indicates how many paper passed through the transfer roller after TR Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu This value is red from the engine side TR Change This indicates how many times the Transfer Roller is exchanged 1 is added when TR Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu 47 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description O Output Duplex This indicates how many papers passed through the Duplex unit after DM Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu This value is counted at the controller side E Face Down This indicates how many papers are ejected to Face Down after FD Counter Clear is performed at maintenance menu This value is counted at the controller side mE Face up This indicates how many papers are ejected to Face Up after FU Counter Clear is performed at maintenance menu This value is counted at the controller side a Multi This indicates how many papers are ejected to Mialbox Multibin after MB Counter Clear is performed at maintenance menu This value is counted at the controller side E Finisher This indicates how many papers are ejected to Finisher after performing Fin Counter Clear at the maintenance menu This value is counted at the controller side m Staple This indicate
97. Connector Pin Diagram 7 1 1 Pin Alighnment Figure on next page shows major component of wiring diagram in this printer Rev B 229 Chapter 7 Appendix Q Q i S Q lt a Lu D Q W
98. E 178 Installation a o tas 179 Left Lower Cover Assembly cocicccccnncccnonocccononanononcnonnccnnnn cnn nnncn naar nn 180 RAN li A A AE AAA AE 180 Installation tarta date 180 Left Lower Cover Pinch Roll Assembly oocococcnnncccinccccnnocicconccnnnancncnncnns 181 A O AO E 181 INSTA ION 0 A A edi 181 Left Lower Cover Interlock SWitCh o onconononinincncncnonononanonncnonononononos 182 A 182 INSTallaION tada TESO E A 182 Tray 2 Take Away Sensor cnninccinccinccnnnccnnnnncnnnnnn nn nora nana nrr nn rnr rca 183 Removal namas la dt taras Dacia 183 Installation dui a fomeatnandaewemn dass a 183 Registration ClUtCh oooocicccnnncocinccccnnocnonccnnorncnn nr rra 184 A A N 184 Installation trado 184 Left Upper Cover Assembly coooccconnoccnonccccononanononcconncanann cnn cnn cc naar cnn 185 A A OO 185 Installation ri AAA AA EA dd 186 Left Chute Assembly cocncccinnccconncccnncccnnnnccn ocn cnnnnn cc cnnc cnn nn 187 Removal ena isaac te 187 DEEE AT EE EAEE RI A oi A 187 Registration Chute Assembly concoicccnncnccnnccnonnnnon corn cornconn corn no nana 188 RN 188 Installation cani ata 188 Registration Roll Assembly ooo eee cece eet eee erase nano cn cnn nana 189 Removal ni dE A At A AE 189 Installation 189 Registration Sensor c nnmcccicnonoconnnonnnnonnnonncnon conc cnn ronca cri 190 INStAN ATONE dit da 190 Installation HA A a a o 190 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 ROS Assembly iian ita 191 Removal siren a a A 191 INSTA di EAA EE E TEES
99. EAR 46T M N 2 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY 3 GEAR 28T M N for Tray2 and High Capacity Feed only 4 BEARING FEED for Tray2 and High Capacity Feed only 5 FEEDER ASSEMBLY M N XIP with 6 to 14 6 FOLL ASSEMBLY 7 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY OW 8 CLUTCH GEAR 25T 9 BEARING 10 SHAFT FEED M N S 1240 11 GEAR 31T 12 GEAR 25T PL14 11 13 13 SUPPORT ASSEMBLY NUDGER v5 with 6 14 14 BEARING 97 KIT TRAY 2 CLUTCH with 1 4 ay 98 KIT FEED ROLL Qty 6 of item 6 6 99 KIT PICKUP GEAR TRAY2 with 1 and 3 6 SER510XD Table 7 31 Paper Pick Up Tray2 Rev B 262 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 11 Retard and Take Away Tray 2 Table 7 32 Parts Name for Retard and Take Away Tray2 No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 RETARD ASSEMBLY XIP with 2 to 8 2 GEAR 22 T XIP 3 SHAFT ASSEMBLY RET XIP 4 BEARING 5 ROLL ASSEMBLY 6 SPACER 7 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY FRICTION 8 SUPPORT RETARD 9 ses 10 GEAR 22 11 BEARING 12 GEAR STOPPER XIP 13 14 ae 15 ROLLER ASSEMBLY T A 16 17 BEARING 18 CHUTE F O 1TM E 19 CHUTE FEED IN 20 GEAR 22 20 C H N 21 a 22 SPRING 23 BRACKET SERS11XE 98 KIT RETARD TAKEAWAY TRAY2 with 1 and 10 11 v 1 with 2 8 15 17 and 18 v98 1 10 23 99 KIT TAKE AWAY GEAR TRAY 2 with 2 10 and 20 799 2 19 20 Figure 7 34 Retard and Take Away Tray2 Rev B 263 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 1
100. EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 16 MSI Tray Assembly Table 7 37 Parts Name for MSI Tray Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 MSI TRAY ASSEMBLY with 2 9 MSI PAD MSI SIDE GUIDE MSI SIZE SENSOR ASSEMBLY MSI SIZE GUIDE SPRING MSI SIZE GUIDE LINK MSI TARY LOWER COVER MSI TRAY MSI TRAY UPPER COVER v1 with 2 9 OO CO NI O aj By PO SER516XB Figure 7 39 MSI Tray Assembly Rev B 268 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 17 Tray 1 Frame and Left Cover Table 7 38 Parts Name for Tray1 Frame and Left Cover i No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 PANCHI ROLL ASSEMBLY with 2 to 7 2 HOLDING SPRING 3 SHAFT SPRING 4 CENTER BEARING 5 END BEARING 6 PINCH ROLLER 7 PINCH ROLLER BRACKET e 8 COVER ASSEMBLY L H LOW with9 10 and 13 9 GROUNDING METAL 10 LEFT MIDDLE COVER 11 FRAME LH 12 TAKE AWAY SENSOR 1 13 TAKE AWAY SENSOR SHIELD sen a v8 with 9 10 13 SER517FB Figure 7 40 Tray1 Frame and Left Cover Rev B 269 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 18 Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover Table 7 39 Parts Name for Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 LEFT LOWER COVER ASSEMBLY with 2 3 9 11 14 and 23 2 LEFT LOWER COVER 3 PINCHI ROLL ASSEMBLY w
101. ESS to MCU PCLK Clock signal which is sent from the printer to ESS and command timing for sending the status Clock speed is 9600 bps CCLK Clock signal for status and command timing ESS to MCU Clock speed 9 6kHz 500kHz CBSY Command busy signal ESS to MCU Low ESS is transmitting command High ESS is not transmitting C262MAIN Control ler PPRDY Status indicating MCU initialization is complete and printer is On Line Low Printer initialization complete High Printer initialization not complete PWBA MCU SYS XIP CPRDY Status indicating ESS initialization is complete Low ESS initialization complete High ESS initialization not complete RDY Status indicating that the MCU is ready to accept control commands Low Accept commands High lgnore commands START Command from ESS to the MCU to begin a print cycle Low Start High Do not start Starts print cycle only when RDY is also Low 5424 PRFD Command from the ESS to the MCU to feed paper ZARIN TOP Video data synch signal from MCU to ESS FAs sE FAN ial DSEL Command to select the No Paper signal BD Video data synch signal from MCU to ESS Figure 7 12 C262 Main Controller ESS PWB MCU PWB VOUT Video data signal from the ESS Low Black High White Rev B 241 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 11 Signal Name
102. EUIS4 ON Off added in EPL N4000 e AUX Init 5 8A ON Off added in EPL N4000 e Buffer Size Normal Maximum Minimum Rev B NOTE 1 Automatically returns to Network Config No after shifting to Ready 2 Appears only when Network Config Yes and can then be selected Always printed on Status Sheet 3 When changed on the panel or with EJL these do not become valid immediately but become valid after warm boot or at power on again Displaying on the panel reading with EJL and printing on the status sheet for themselves are immediately reflected They are not reflected in the out bin setting range language network operation etc until warm boot is performed or the power is turned on again If they are changed on the panel or with EJL be sure to perform warm boot or turn on the power again To change more than one of these change more than one of them perform warm boot or turn on the power again once at the end 4 Appears only when the TypeB interface card is installed 5 Appears only a Level 3 capable Type B host interface option is installed and can then be selected or executed Automatically returns to AUX Config No after shifting to a printable state 6 Appears only when AUX Congig Yes is selected and can then be selected or executed The setting value becomes valid when the network card is restarted after shifting to a printable state Therefore when the setting value is changed i
103. Feed Poll Tray 2 Feed Nudger Roll Retard Pad i i Figure 2 6 Paper Path 56 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 1 Paper Path Components The Paper Path is made up of a number of major components and subcomponents O Tray Assembly Holds plain paper of various sizes Slides into the Feeder O Feeder 1 and Feeder 2 Framework that is attached under the printer A Tray Assembly slides into the Feeder The Feeder includes a number of paper feed components m Lift Up Motor raises the Tray Bottom Plate so the paper contacts the Feed Roll No Paper Sensor monitors the level of paper in the Tray Paper Size Sensor monitors the size of paper in the Tray Feed Clutch transmits drive to the Feed Roll and Nudger Roll Nudger Roll drives the top sheet of paper into the Feed Roll Feed Roll drives the top sheet of paper out of the Tray Retard Roll prevents multiple sheet feed Take Away Roll and Pinch Roll continue to drive the sheet of paper out of Tray 2 and toward the Registration Roll O MSI Feeder Paper feed assembly that is attached to the outside of the printer A small quantity or paper or the optional Envelope Feeder fit on the MSI Feeder fold out tray The MSI Feeder includes a number of paper feed components MSI No Paper Sensor monitors the level of paper in the MSI tray Rev B MSI Paper Size Sensor monitors the size of paper in the Tray MSI Feed Clutch transmits driv
104. HVPS and MCU PWB No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 AC DRIVER PWB 120V AC DRIVER PWB 220V tot ED gh sasn Were BS _ PL11 4 20 2 eas pes 20 3477 A SS L 3 a e o PL114 12 pi 10 2 13 Su 4 HVPS w er a 5 MCU ASSEMBLY 6 MCU PWB 7 BRACKET MCU 8 COVR MCU 3 3 10 LEFT COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH l 11 INTERLOCK SWITCH BRACKET 12 INTERLOCK SWITCH LEVER PL11 4 16 13 SUPPORT HARNESS 1 PL11 4 17 ugoa 14 HARNESS CHANNEL soe IAS lt NS J611A B 15 tute aS J612A B t PL11 4 14 Ne gt RS 16 a 1 J613A D _ 17 HARNESS CLAMP 2 A 4457 25 612 es 7 18 PWB SUPPORT 7 Ses X prs i 19 HARNESS CLAMP 4 a 613 l a J PL11 4 24 cB 20 BRACKET AC DRIVE i ah ere F 21 T gaa AA set 22 HCF CONNECTOR D ee ee Figure 7 56 HVPS and MCU PWB 24 MAIL BOX CONNECTOR 25 OPTION CONNECTOR BRACKET 26 HARNESS ASEEMBLY EXIT 27 TRANSFORMER 220V Rev B 284 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 33 Controller Assembly v1 with 2 8 12 14 16 19 J501 J400 Table 7 54 Parts Name for Controller Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 CONTROLLER ASSEBLY 4 BUSHS SADDLE 8 BOX ASSEMBLY 9 BUSH SADDLE 10 COVER ESS 11 COVER SIMM s ORY 14 CONTROLLER BOARD P416 7 15 HARNESS ASSEMBLY ROS
105. IMM Code Local language and Expansion ROM DRAM SDRAM DIMM is used for both Standard and Expansion EEPROM IC405 128kbit Serial type Storing the setting values of the printer EEPROM 64Kbit Parallel Type only pattern Host I F Parallel I F IEEE 1284 B type connector Network 10 100 BaseT Control Panel Control Panel Unit LCD 20x1 8 SWs 6 LEDs Expansion ROM Expansion by ROM DIMM DRAM Expansion by DIMM Type B 2 slots but only Ch1 Hard Disk P Bus No DMA ROM Bus Expansion for ROM and I F Clock CPU 66 66660 MHz Video 67 1749 MHz Dot 33 58748 MHz DMA Video Color PCI CPU Bus Video Monochrome EO5B56 1 0 E05B52 via E05B40 Type B 87 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles Block diagram of C262 Main Board is shown below CPU 7 5V 3 3V Clock 4700 driver 66 6666MHz EN sagt as ver LO OA era AY Pra soi stoned THEI E FAP DRAM DIMM GH ooe e o Ple ao dsd 3 mi ESAS PMB djs T E05B51 Opin ke V ope 304pin 3 3V Video I F 20pin albatross Code DIMM 0 16MB 72pin FL ROM DIMM 0 16MB 72pin 3 ie aad Rc ied an js J a cooling ran 44pin 2 3 Panai 20pin 32bit data E05B56 ROM BUS _ 80pin a Parallel X12 l o H es al A eee ee eres uw ayas _ i 2 Serial Bpin 2 3 RESET pin pattern only mo LLULL LEX JP sO tee eee eee Z er TypeB BA 36pin PBUS 16KByte QOY S0pin S i ig O Pattern o D32 16 Type
106. LVPSPWB under ESS PWB LVPS Fan A AC Plug Connector he MCU PWB Noise Filter HVPS under MCU PWB SR1342X Figure 2 37 Power Supply Component Rev B Chapter 2 Operating Principles 78 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 2 7 Printer Control Printer Control is a broad term that is used to describe the printer resources that monitor and control the actions and operations of the printer from warm up through the print cycle to machine error detection The center of printer control for the printer base engine is the Machine Control Unit PWB or MCU PWB The MCU contains an 8 bit microcomputer The MCU contains ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits for image data transfer and communication control ROM RAM a 16 bit integrated timer programmable timing pattern control a watch dog timer serial communications interfaces an A D converter a D A converter I O ports and a DMA controller The MCU PWB provides the logic and information processing that is necessary for the printer to function Every electrical component within the printer is connected either directly or indirectly to the MCU PWB Sensors in the printer send printer status information to the MCU The MCU processes that information and compares it to timing tables that are stored in onboard ROM Acting on the results of the processing the MCU sends commands to various printer components switching on motors switching off voltages signali
107. MSI Tray Assembly on page 164 2 Remove the E ring securing the Clutch to the shaft 3 Rotate the Clutch clockwise as you pull the it off of the shaft 4 2 31 2 Installation 1 Make sure the Spacer is in place on the Clutch shaft 2 Rotate the Spacer so the tabs on the Spacer mesh with the notches oS SSH474F on the Clutch Gear Figure 4 45 Removal of MSI Friction Clutch When performing step3 push only the rear of the Clutch Never press the sides of the Clutch Pressing the sides of the Clutch will cause the Clutch break apart 3 Slide the Friction Clutch onto the shaft rotating the Clutch as you slide it toward the Spacer 4 Make sure the Clutch and Spacer mesh 5 Use one E ring to secure the Clutch to the shaft 6 Reinstall the MSI Tray Assembly MSI Tray Assembly on page 164 Rev B 176 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 32 MSI No Paper Sensor Assembly 8 Manually actuate the No Paper Actuator to make sure it moves freely between the arms of the Sensor See Upper Feeder Assembly on page 267 9 Reinstall the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly 4 2 32 1 Removal Manual Feeder on page 164 1 Remove the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 164 2 Remove the screw securing the MSI No Paper Sensor Bracket to the Feeder Assembly and lift the Sensor Bracket off of the Feeder 3 Disconnect the P
108. N EPL N4000 EPL N4000 1 4 5 Maintenance Mode Maintenance menu is added to the setting menu then the printer performs warm boot and enable to execute the maintenance menu See Table 1 28 Printer Setting on page 27 1 4 5 1 Operation Turn the printer s power on while pressing On Line switch Form Feed and Continue switches In the maintenance mode since the service require error is ignored make sure that there is no error signs when you need to print out something such as Engine status sheet O Total Counter Clear This function is executed when Total Counter needs to be 0 Since Page Counts indicated on the status sheet is different from Total Counts on the engine board it does not become 0 Note that the value of Fuser Counter may become negative due to Total Counter Clear O Fuser Counter This function is performed when the toner is exchanged Fuser Counter on the engine status sheet becomes 0 and 1 is added when the fuser is exchanged O LC1 5 Counter Clear This function is performed when each Feed Roller Set in cassettes 1 to 5 is exchanged Each corresponding LC 1 to 5 counter on the engine status sheet becomes 0 and 1 is added when the feed roller set is changed Rev B CHAPTER 1 Product Description MP Counter Clear This function is performed when the Feed Roller of the tray is exchanged MP counter on the status sheet becomes 0 and 1 is added when the roller is exchanged
109. N EPL N4000 EPL N4000 2 4 4 Transfer As the paper travels between the BTR and the drum surface the Bias Transfer Roll BTR applies a positive charge to the back of the printing paper This positive charge transfers the negative charged toner image from the drum surface to the top surface of the paper The toner image is now on the paper and the paper is now stuck to the drum surface due to the relative electrical differences between the negative electrical charge of the inner conductive layer of the drum and the positive electrical charge of the paper HVPS 4 dl Sr1331x Pa Sheet of paper Figure 2 28 Transfer Rev B Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 4 5 Detack After the toner image transfers to the surface of the paper the Detack Saw a thin strip of metal that resembles a saw blade applies a low voltage negative charge to the back of the paper to neutralize the positive voltage that was applied to it by the BTR Once the positive voltage is neutralized the paper strips releases easily from the drum surface and continues along the paper path to the Fuser HVPS VDC DTS SLLIGS2X A wa Sheet of paper Figure 2 29 Detack 72 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 2 4 6 Fusing When a sheet of paper leaves the transfer area static electricity holds the unfused toner image to the surface of the paper After transfer the paper moves to the Fuser where it passes between the Heat
110. NT SUCH AS ANTI STATIC WRIST STRAPS WHEN ACCESSING INTERNAL COMPONENTS 5 REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS ONLY WITH THOSE COMPONENTS BY THE MANUFACTURE INTRODUCTION OF SECOND SOURCE ICs OR OTHER NONAPPROVED COMPONENTS MAY DAMAGE THE PRODUCT AND VOID ANY APPLICABLE EPSON WARRANTY About This Manual This manual describes basic functions theory of electrical and mechanical operations maintenance and repair procedures of EPL N4000 N4000 The instructions and procedures included herein are intended for the experienced repair technicians and attention should be given to the precautions on the preceding page Contents Symbols Used in This Manual This manual consists of six chapters and Appendix Various symbols are used throughout this manual either to provide CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS additional information on a specific topic or to warn of possible danger Provides a general overview and specifications of the present during a procedure or an action Be aware of all symbols when product they are used and always read WARNING CAUTION or NOTE CHAPTER 2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES messages Describes the theory of electrical and mechanical operations of the product Terg Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure practice CHAPTER 3 TROUBLESHOOTING or condition that if not strictly observed could result in injury Provides the step by step procedures for the or loss of life troubleshooting CHAPTER 4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Indicate
111. OLLER ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION L H 10 CHUTE ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION L H 11 GUIDE PAPER 12 GUIDE PAPER 13 PULLEY 14 SUPPORT L H COVER SER520FA Figure 7 43 Left Upper Cover Assembly Rev B 272 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 21 Transport Chute Assembly N Table 7 42 Parts Name for Transport Chute Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 SHAFT HINGE 2 SHAFT HINGE GEAR m n 3 COVER ASSEMBLY L H XIP 4 CHUTE LOWER 5 GUIDE PAPER 6 SPRING COMP 7 CHUTE ASSEMBLY L H 8 SPRING EXTENSION 9 ROLLER ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION L H 10 CHUTE ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION L H 11 GUIDE PAPER 12 GUIDE PAPER 13 PULLEY 14 FRAME L H F 15 FRAME L H R 16 HANDLE ASSEMBLY L H SER521F Figure 7 44 Transport Chute Assembly Rev B 273 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 22 ROS Assembly PL11 4 12 Table 7 43 Parts Name for ROS Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 ROS ASSEMBLY SER522FC Figure 7 45 ROS Assembly Figure 7 46 Xerography and Development Transport Chute Assembly Rev B 274 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 23 Xerography and Development Table 7 44 Parts Name for Xerography and Development Paita zo No in the Figure Unit P
112. P J207 ROS Motor P J234 CRU Interlock P J407 Laser Diode Driver Location Other end connected P J Map Connected to to 207 page 234 Scanner Motor Assembly P J456 MCU PWB 208 page 235 MSI Feed Clutch P J403 MCU PWB 209 page 236 Offset Motor P J462 MCU PWB 210 page 236 Exit Gate Solenoid P J462 MCU PWB 218 page 236 Inverter CW Clutch P J462 MCU PWB 219 page 236 Inverter CCW Clutch P J462 MCU PWB 232 page 236 Interlock Switch 2 P J458 MCU PWB 233 page 236 Interlock Switch 1 P J458 MCU PWB 234 page 236 CRU Switch 1 and CRU P J407 Laser Diode Driver Switch 2 P J456 MCU PWB 235 page 238 LVPS Fan P J401 MCU PWB 240 page 237 Tray 2 Feed Clutch P J408 MCU PWB 241 page 237 Tray 2 Lift Up Motor P J408 MCU PWB 400 page 236 MCU PWB P J501 amp P502 LVPS 401 page 236 MCU PWB P J477 AC Drive P J235 Fuser Fan 402 page 236 MCU PWB P J422 ESS Mother PWB 403 page 236 MCU PWB P J107 MSI Size Sensor P J108 MSI No Paper Sensor P J208 MSI Feed Clutch 404 page 236 MCU PWB P J611 Duplex Module 405 page 236 MCU PWB P J612 Mailbox or P612 Finisher Rev B 232 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 5 P J Location Table Table 7 6 P J Location Table Location Other end connected P J Map Connected to to 457 page 236 MCU PWB P J500 HVPS 458 page 236 MCU PWB P J233 Interlocks SW1 and sw2 459 pag
113. PL N4000 4 2 16 Tray1 amp Tray 2 No Paper Sensors See Tray Interface Tray 1 on page 258 and Tray Interface Tray 2 on page 261 Use this procedure for removing and reassembling the No Paper Sensors for Trays 1 and 2 4 2 16 1 Removal 1 Remove the Paper Tray associated with the No Paper Sensor you are going to remove Squeeze the Sensor latches and remove the No Paper Sensor from the frame Disconnect the P J from the Sensor 4 2 16 2 Installation 1 Reconnect the P J to the Sensor 2 Push the No Paper Actuator up and out of the way 3 Position the Sensor with the arms of the Sensor facing the Actuator 4 Reinstall the No Paper Sensor into the slot in the frame by first inserting the front latch of the Sensor through the front opening in the frame 5 Press in on the rear latch and inserting it into the rear opening 6 Release the rear latch and the Sensor snaps into place 7 Release the Actuator and make sure it moves freely between the arms of the Sensor Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 8 Reconnect the P J to the Sensor 9 Reinstall the Paper Tray y 4102 Tray1 J140 Tray2 SSH462F Figure 4 25 Removal of No Paper Sensor 157 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 17 Tray 1 8 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensors See Tray Interface Tray 1 on page 258 and Tray Interface Tray 2 on page
114. PPORT RETARD 9 GEARING 10 GEAR 22 11 SPACER 12 GEAR STOPPER XIP 13 BEARING R 14 BEARING C 15 ROLLER ASSEMBLY S F 16 BEARING 17 BEARING 18 CHUTE ASSEMBLY FEED OUT 19 CHUTE ASSEMBLY FEED IN 20 GEAR 22 20 IOT H N 21 SUPPORT ASSEMBLY SPRING 22 SPRING 23 RETARD FRAME 98 RETARD ASSEMBLY TRAY1 HIGH with 1 and 9 23 1 with 2 8 SERSO8XE 99 KIT TAKE AWAY GEAR TRAY 1 with 2 10 and 20 v98 1 with 9 23 w99 2 10 20 Figure 7 32 Retard 8 Take Away Tray1 Rev B 260 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 9 Tray Interface Tray 2 Table 7 29 Parts Name for Tray Interface Tray2 1 No in the Figure Unit Parts Name ae mS 1 SW ASSEMMBLY PS 2 PL11 4 13 2 MOTOR ASSEMBLY Ae a 3 ACTUATOR SNR Re 2 4 SUPPORT ACTUATOR gt E 4140 5 PHOTO INTERRUPTER 6 ose 7 CHUTE ASSEMBLY FRONT 2T for Tray 2 only 8 STOPPER TRAY F 9 STOPPER TRAY R 10 SPACER L 11 LINK STOPPER 12 SPRING TORSION 99 KIT ACTUATOR SENSOR ASSY with 3 and 4 PL11 4 13 2 4 v99 with 3 4 SERS509XD Figure 7 33 Tray Interface Tray2 Rev B 261 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 10 Paper Pick Up Tray 2 97 1 4 Table 7 30 Parts Name for Paper Pick Up Tray2 VA ee of item 6 1 No in the Figure Unit Parts Name aK Vv 99 1 3 1 G
115. PWB Sensor P J144 Tray 2 Left Cover Interlock Switch 613 page 237 P J406 MCU PWB P J480 Finisher PWB A D P J481 Finisher PWB 233 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Table 7 7 P J Location Table Location Other end connected P J Map Connected to to F51 5 page 238 Main Power Switch P J19 Noise Filter PWB 4 P J20 AC Drive PWB P J1 LVPS PWB F55 page 238 Noise Filter PWB AC Power Cord Hot F56 page 238 Noise Filter PWB AC Power Cord Neutral F page 236 Main Interlock Switch P J458 MCU PWB 5230 page 237 F page 236 Main Interlock Switch P J458 MCU PWB 5231 page 237 BTR page 237 Bias Transfer Roll HVPS CB page 237 Charge Roll HVPS DTS page 237 Detack Saw HVPS DB page 237 Magnet Roll HVPS T4 page 238 Frame Ground P J1 LVPS PWB Rev B Chapter 7 Appendix P J207 J13 P499 Figure 7 2 P J Location Map1 D P J106 P J407 Ss eee ye 000 S 2990 0 O Ds E ZA f lt lt SiH WES P J430 SER200F 234 Chapter 7 Appendix EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 SA LAN 4 Y Y SER201XA N he o SER203FA Figure 7 4 P J Location Map3 3 P J Location Map2 Figure 7 235 Rev B Chapter 7 Appendix EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 SER205FA Figure 7 6 P J Location Map5 P J462 P J200 5230 F5231 75401 P J202 P201 LL o SASRA HOH 7 DI YON
116. PWB solved Components One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears Wiring and connectors linking the components LVPS Assembly Does Offset work correctly 1 MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY INSPECTION Goto step 2 Go to FIP 1 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Inoperative Main Drive Assembly Does the Main Motor run and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate normally 2 EXIT DRIVE TEST Go to step 3 Replace the 1 Remove the Fuser Full Cover Exit Drive Assembly Does the Exit Motor run forward during 10 6 and reverse during 10 7 Rev B 109 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 Image Quality FIPs 14 Have consumables such as the EP Cartridge been replaced at the recommended interval The FIP Flowchart or a Primary FIP should have directed you to this section Before entering the Image Quality FIPs 1 Is the printer plugged into a recommended AC wall outlet 2 Is the AC power provided at the wall outlet within recommended specifications 3 Is the AC power cord connected to the printer 4 Is the AC power cord in good condition not frayed or broken 5 Is the printer properly grounded through the AC wall outlet 6 Is the printer located in an area where the temperature and humidity a
117. PWB switches on the Lift Up Motor 3 Then the motor rotates the square shaft and the square shaft shifts the attached metal tongue which in turn raises the tray Bottom Plate which raises the paper stack 4 As the paper stack raises it pushes up on the No Paper Actuator which in turn switches the No Paper Sensor Lift Motor Bottom Plate Tongue Shaft Assembly Plate Tongue Plate Tongue Bottom Plate Tongue Shaft Assembly SR1494X Figure 2 3 Lift Up Mechanism Motor Control Rev B Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 1 2 4 Motor Control The MCU PWB provides power for and controls the operation of the Main Motor the Lift Up Motors and the Offset Motor All motors are 24VDC motors The Main Motor is a stepper motor The MCU signals step the Main Motor through a 360 rotation The MCU PWB provides both forward and reverse control of the Offset Motor MCU PWB fo Ss e Main Motor Lift Up Motor 1 J 4 y J Se A e PR fo E fo N Lift Up Motor 2 Ke sr1315x Figure 2 4 Motor Control 55 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 Paper Path The Paper Path is the physical route that a sheet of paper takes through the printer during a print cycle from leaving the Paper Cassette to arriving at the Output Tray Rubber rollers and other components drive the paper along the Paper Path Paper Feed Paper leaves paper tray Paper enters
118. Parts Name 1 CHUTE ASSEMBLY UPPER win 16 2 SWITCH ASSEMBLY 3 PLATE TIE 4 SPRING PLATE 5 SPRING ASSEMBLY PINCH H 6 SPRING ASSEMBLY PINCH 7 PINCH ROLLER FRONT 8 PINCH ROLLER REAR 9 EXIT UPPER CHUTE 10 GUIDE PAPER 11 GUIDE PAPER 12 EXIT MIDDLE CHUTE 13 EXIT GATE 14 EXIT GATE SPRING 15 SPRING ASSEMBLY PINCH J 16 SPRING ASSEMBLY PINCH K SER528FB Figure 7 51 Exit Upper Chute Assembly Rev B 279 Chapter 7 Appendix EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 7 3 28 Exit Drive Assembly Table 7 49 Parts Name for Exit Drive Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 EXIT DRIVE ASSEMBLY with 2 19 2 EXIT DRIVE SUPPORT 3 EXIT DRIVE IDLER PULLEY 4 EXIT GEAR 1 5 EXIT GEAR 2 6 EXIT GEAR BRACKET 7 EXIT IDLER GEAR 8 EXIT RATCHET SPRING 9 INVERTER COW GEAR 10 INVERTER CLUTCH 11 INVERTER CCW SHAFT 12 BEARING 13 INVERTER CW GEAR 14 15 INVERTER CW SHAFT 16 INVERTER EXIT GEAR REAR 17 INVERTER EXIT GEAR FRONT 18 INVERTER ERACKET 19 EXIT WIRE HARNESS J602 lt gt J218 J219 Rev B _ N PL11 4 21 Pe o IS SS SN KO w 1 with 2 19 SER529XE Figure 7 52 Exit Drive Assembly 280 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 29 Main Drive Assembly Table 7 50 Parts Name for Main Drive Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY 2 HARNESS
119. R ASSEMBLY Sa 4 MSI DRIVE LINK SPRING oe TEE 5 MSI TIE PLATE PL sata AA SY 6 MSI PAD 7 MSI PAD PIN 8 MSI PAD SHAFT 9 MSI PAD SPRING 10 MSI PAPER GUIDE 11 MSI BRACKET 12 MSI HOOK BRACKET FRONT 13 MSI HOOK BRACKET REAR 14 LATCH FRONT 15 MULTI SHEET INSERTER HOOK SPRING 16 MSI LOWER CHUTE 17 LATCH REAR SER514FB Figure 7 37 MSI Feeder Assembly Rev B 266 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 15 Upper Feeder Assembly Table 7 36 Parts Name for Upper Feeder Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 UPPER FEEDER ASSEMBL Y with 2 26 2 MSI FEED CLUTCH 3 MSI FEED BEARING REAR 1 4 MSI FEED SHAFT 5 MSI FEED GEAR 6 MSI FEED BEARING REAR 2 7 MSI FEED SPRING P107 P208 8 MSI FEED BEARING FRONT Gp 9 MSI FEED ROLLER 10 MSI NO PAPER SENSOR PEA Tii 11 MSI NO PAPER SENSOR BRACKET 12 MSI STOPPER 13 MSI WIRE HARNESS P604 lt gt J108 P107 P208 e 14 MSI NUDGER ROLLER ASSEMBLY with 15 to 25 Sa 15 MSI NUDGER ROLLER SUPPORT 23 va 16 MSI NUDGER GEAR COVER 17 MSI NUDGER GEAR ago 18 MSI NUDGER BEARING REAR 19 MSI GATE e a 20 MSI NUDGER ROLLER BEARING FRONT 18 21 MSI NUDGER ROLLER SHAFT 22 MSI NUDGER ROLLER toas r D 23 MSI FRICTION CLUTCH 24 MSI FRICTION CLUTCH SPACER 13 ee 25 MSI FRICTION CLUTCH GEAR 26 UPPER FEEDER FRAME Figure 7 38 Upper Feeder Assembly Rev B 267 EPSON EPL N4000
120. ROM Initialization Over 30 Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization A3 B Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization A4 LT Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization AS HLT Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization B4 LGL Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization B5 EXE Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization Envelope Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization Post Card Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization Rev B Name of Count Clear Information Place Range Condition Condition Custom Controller 150000 When printing EEPROM pages Initialization Error Code n Controller When error Panel happens EEPROM Initialization Error Page n Controller When error Panel happens EEPROM Initialization Note Panel under the Clear Condition in the Table is in the setting item of the maintenance menu The count value at the Duplex is performed distinguishing long edge and short edge but the value is combined both long and short edges at the engine status sheet 50 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 4 7 Initialization Process O Cold Start Processing This initialization is activated by turning the power on and perform In this printer following initialization process are perf
121. Reconnect J143 to the Sensor Insert the Sensor into the cutout in the frame See the figure for correct positioning Press in on the Sensor until it snaps into place Close the Left Lower Cover 183 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 38 Registration Clutch See Registration on page 271 4 2 38 1 Removal 1 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 Disconnect P J 200 from the Registration Clutch Remove the E clip securing the Registration Clutch to the Registration Shaft Push out on the shaft latch as you slide the Clutch off of the shaft N em qe SSH323F Figure 4 53 Removal of Registration Clutch Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 38 2 Installation 1 Slide the Registration Clutch onto the shaft The shaft latch snaps the Clutch into place on the shaft Use an E clip to secure the Registration Clutch to the Registration Shaft Reconnect P J 200 from the Registration Clutch Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 184 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 39 Left Upper Cover Assembly See Left Upper Cover Assembly on page 272 4 2 39 1 Removal 1 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 2 Open the Duplex Unit 3 Open the Left Upper Cover When the Left Upper Cover is open the BTR is exposed Do not touch the BRT Grease and dirt on or physical damage to
122. Rod until the current temperature reaches the set temperature Example below Printer sensors send their status to the MCU PWB The sensor status signals tell the MCU whether they are actuated or not actuated on or off high or low If measured with a voltmeter some sensor signals to the MCU would be 5VDC when on and OVDC when off while other sensors may be OVDC when on and 5VDC when off This high low decision is determined when the printer is designed MCU PWB AC Drive PWB f 2 Fuser temperature f j 1 Fuser temperature ee eee 1 EA Fuser Thermistor Compare current No Paper Sensor actuated No Paper Sensor 1 sili with 3 Switch on heat Rod 1 H 4 110vac Enk Level 1 Sensor actuated the set temperature AAA gt Heat Rod 1 Level 1 A A Sensor If the current temperature is lower 6 Fuser temperature 5 Fuser temperature than the set temperature then switch on the Heat Rod s Registration Sensor not actuated l Registration Sensor 7 Switch off Heat Rod 1 Take Away Roll Sensor actuated Take Away Roll Sensor Figure 2 45 Processing Input Information Figure 2 44 Input from Sensors Rev B 85 O Output to motors solenoids and other components After comparing input values with timing and reference values the MCU makes a decision on the current status of the printer and responds appropriately The MCU may switch on or off
123. Roll and the Pressure Roll The combination of heat and pressure melts the toner image and bonds it permanently to the paper The fused sheet of paper is then transported to the output tray abeu asny Fuser Pressure Roll Heat Roll afew pasnjun SLLISSIX Figure 2 30 Fusing Rev B Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 4 7 Clean The Cleaning Blade removes any toner that remains on the drum after the transfer process The toner that the Cleaning Blade removes is collected inside the sealed EP Cartridge Toner that is reclaimed from the drum is not reused by the EP Cartridge a Toner collected by cleaning is collected as left toner AA and kept in the different room from that for the unused toner Transfer efficiency is more than 90 Transfer efficiency varies by the printing rate humidity environment Also left toner is not reused e O Used Toner se o Y Y CLEANING BLADE Figure 2 31 Cleaning 73 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 2 5 Print Sequence O Paper Feeding from Tray1 Rev B Registration Sensor Retard Roller Switch Assembly Offset Roller Heat Roller Fuser Exit Sensor Exit Pressure Roller BTR Registration Sensor MSI Feed Roller MSI Nudger Roller Take Away Sensor Take Away Roller Feed Nudger Roller Roller Drum Feed Nudger Roller Registration Roller Registration Roller Feed
124. S Interlock Switches SW1 and SW2 Used as a safety measure The main interlock circuit for this printer is actually two separated switches wired in series with the MCU PWB When the EP Cartridge is in place Interlock Switch SW1 is closed When the Left Front Cover is closed Interlock Switch SW2 is closed With both switches closed the circuit is complete and the MCU PWB sends 24VDC to the HVPS and other printer components Rev B Chapter 2 Operating Principles If either SW1 is open the EP Cartridge removed or SW2 is open the Left Front Cover is open the MCU PWB cuts all 24VDC output from the MCU PWB ANTES Even though the interlock switches cut the 24VDC output from the MCU PWB 24VDC output from the 5 LVPS is still present throughout the printer as well as 110VAC line voltage along the AC paths in the printer O High Voltage Power Supply HVPS Takes the 24VDC received from the MCU PWB and converts it to the high voltages that are required by the printer xerographic components The HVPS contains overcurrent protection circuits If an excessive current begins to flow through any of the xerographic components the HVPS immediately shuts down all high voltage output To reset the HVPS after an overcurrent shutdown switch off the printer wait a few minutes then switch on the printer 77 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 ESS PWB AC Driver PWB Main Switch w Left Cover Interlock Switch W2
125. S PWB E so 3 a E 5 Figure 2 39 Printer Control Component Rev B p 10 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 7 1 Printer Control Components The Printer Control is make up of the MCU PWB and numerous connected components 2 7 1 1 Machine Control Unit PWB MCU PWB Receives status and command information from sensors and from the C262 Main board Controls most printer operations The MCU PWB performs nine major functions OoOodadaagzua a a oa Communicates with the Printer Controller C262 Main Board Maintains the system clock Controls the printing process Controls the ROS the Fuser and the drive assemblies Distributes 5VDC and 24VDC to various printer components Monitors printer status Maintains a running print count Maintains NVRAM settings Controls printer options 2 7 1 2 Components attached to or associated with the MCU PWB O O Low Voltage Power Supply Converts 110VAC to 5VDC and 24VDC C262 Main Board Connected to the MCU PWB through the C262 Main Board The interface between the print engine and the host computer The ESS processes the raw video data sent by the host computer Rev B O Control Panel Connected to C262 Main Board the Control Panel displays status information send from the MCU PWB and C262 Main Board AC Driver PWB Switches 110VAC to the two Fuser Heat Rods Fuser temperature sensors are connected to the AC Dr
126. SERVICE MANUAL Laser Printer EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 SEPG98002 O Notice All rights reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying or otherwise without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual However should any errors be detected SEIKO EPSON would greatly appreciate being informed of them The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual However should any errors be detected SEIKO EPSON would greatly appreciate being informed of them The above not withstanding SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION can assume no responsibility for any errors in this manual or the consequences thereof EPSON is a registered trademark of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION General Notice Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks Copyright O 1998 SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION Printed in Japan PRECAUTIONS Precautionary notations throughout the text are categorized relative to 1 Personal injury and 2 damage to equipment DANGER Signals a precaution which if ignored could result in serious or fata
127. Sensor Actuator onto Exit Sensor Bracket 2 Hook the Exit Sensor Spring onto the Bracket 3 Reinstall the Bracket onto the Lower Chute and use two screws to SSH494F secure the Bracket Figure 4 70 Removal of Face Up Exit Sensor 4 Reinstall the Face Up Exit Sensor onto the Bracket and use two screws to secure the Sensor 5 Reconnect J109 6 Reinstall the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 138 Rev B 204 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 56 Offset Roller Assembly 5 Reinstall the Face Up Exit Sensor Face Up Exit Sensor on page 204 See Offset Roller on page 278 6 Reinstall the Offset Motor Offset Roller Assembly on page 205 4 2 56 1 Removal 7 Reinstall the Offset Drive Assembly Exit Drive Assembly on 1 Remove the Offset Drive Assembly Exit Drive Assembly on page 201 page 201 2 Remove the Offset Motor Offset Motor on page 203 3 Remove the Face Up Exit Sensor Face Up Exit Sensor on page 204 4 Remove the Gear located at the end of the Roller Assembly 5 Remove the K clip securing the Roller shaft to the rear bearing 6 Slide the bearing out of the Offset Assembly frame 7 Slide the front bearing out the Assembly frame and remove the Offset Roller Assembly 4 2 56 2 Installation 1 Slide the rear of the Roller shaft through the rear bearing cutout in the Assembly frame 2 Ins
128. TOM 4 PLATE TONGUE 5 SHAFT ASSEMBLY TONGUE 6 BEARING 7 GUIDE ASSEMBLY SIDE 8 LEVER 9 SHAFT 10 SPRING 11 PLATE SIDE 12 ACTUATOR 13 LINK 14 SPRING TORSION 15 STOPPER L F 16 HOUSING TRAY 17 WASHER 18 WASHER SIDE GUIDE SER504FB Figure 7 28 Tray Unit Paper Stack Rev B 256 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 5 Tray Unit End Guide Table 7 25 Parts Name for Tray Unit End Guide No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 GUIDE ASSEMBLY END 2 PLATE ASSEMBLY END 3 ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY 4 CABLE ASSEMBLY 5 SPRING EXTENSION 6 PULLEY 7 GUIDE ACTUATOR 99 KIT CASSETTE CABLES with 4 and 5 99 4 Qty 2 ye 5 Qty 2 o SER505XA 5 Figure 7 29 Tray Unit End Guide Rev B 257 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 6 Tray Interface Tray 1 Table 7 26 Parts Name for Tray Interface Tray 1 No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 SW ASSEMBLY PS PL11 4 18 2 MOTOR ASSEMBLY 3 ACTUATOR SNR E 4 SUPPORT ACTUATOR gr 102 5 PHOTO INTERRUPTOR 5 6 ake 7 CHUTE ASSEMBLY FRONT 1T for Tray1 only 8 STOPPER TRAY F 9 STOPPER TRAY R 10 SOACER L 11 LINK STOPPER 12 SPRING TORSION 99 KIT ACTUATOR SENSOR ASSY with 3 and 4 PL11 4 19 PL11 4 15 E All items except item 7 in the list above can gt be used with both Tray 1 and Tray 2 4203 m I
129. V 16 HARNESS ASSEMBLY CONSOLE 17 CORE SSH592F Figure 7 57 Controller Assembly Rev B 285 E Sii y E Seek E i ihe ili nn a sadi i j i ie pS gt n z MX mi ad di i ERREK EEEE EEEE ii RPR RRR Pe Eb Hp To A a M z Y 00000000 A 006 5 El 9 SCE T i
130. Xerographic eycle gt gt Paper Exits SELLE Figure 2 5 Print Cycle A sheet of paper may be fed from either Tray 1 Tray 2 or from the MSI At the start of a print cycle the Nudger Roll moves a sheet of paper into the Feed Roll The Feed Roll moves a single sheet of paper out of Tray 1 Tray 2 MSI and toward the Registration Roll The Retard Rolls in Tray 1 and Tray 2 or the Retard Pad in the MSI made sure that only one sheet of paper is fed If the paper was fed from Tray 2 or the MSI the Take Away Roll drives the paper to the Registration Roll The Registration Roll aligns the lead edge of the paper with the lead edge of the image on the drum The Registration Roll then drives the paper into the Drum BTR area The rotation of the Drum and BTR drive the paper into the Fuser where the Heat and Pressure Rolls drive the paper into the Offset Pinch Roll Rev B During simplex printing the Offset Roll drives the paper into the Output tray During duplex printing the Offset Roll rotation is reversed and the Offset and Exit Roll drives the paper into the Duplex Module Exit Roll Offset Unit _ Offset Roll To Duplex Unit Pressure Roll N EP asi k Len Upper n TSG gs Pp er Covey BTR Pinch Roll Registration Roll Feed Roll Tray 1 Feed _Nudger Roll MSI Feed ate Pinch Roll i N Fead RAI Retard Roll Nudger Roll We A Sg O Take Away Roll y A A a Y 1 i
131. a 5VRTN vio P4141 sm present Low No paper E AS aa Sat SENSOR SNR LVL2 Monitors position of Tray 2 High Not in position Low In ae URN vio P 142 Ha position o PA YL 2m SO L H INTLK Monitors the Left Cover Interlock Switch High Cover 5 J607 En 607 J P143 open switch off Low Cover closed switch on o Be 5VRTN VIO 5m y 7 Pre SNR TAROL2 YEL TA ROLL2 CL FEED2 Controls Tray 2 paper feed High No feed Low Feed 2 B 5V GRY 4 m SENSOR 5 gt 3 MOT LIFT2 Switches Tray 2 Lift Up Motor High On Low Off 4 B L H INTLK YEL te 1TML H A 5 B 5VRTN VIO INTLK 6 B 24V orn 240 m 1TM 75 cisreeD2 Buu TS z CLUTCH sme 24VRTN vio P2441 gt LIFTUP 2 9 B NOT LIFT2 BLU O MOTOR SER613XC Figure 7 22 Tray2 Component MCU PWB Rev B 250 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 2 Board Component Layout 7 2 1 C262 Main Board Component cx LOSLZEZ ISSY ALIL 0 We MEE Nine 2 mo i A A ae ree m oe N 2320 uuul o BS 7 EXE EA E s tr i a o E ale ei lems aa ES nnn F 2P 9 erac al ar SS sa 4 ii i Mi CTC EA as gt e TS R abi DOES can ae ER g ac n Hyo eh E me ges D zau eo pia spa um i on San S UB vel a a Eo He i 00 EA ds E LI e a tp gt Ait EJE ae iD D ae TEN T mo O He Oo
132. a a ances aiaa eeraa a aeiiae 163 Removal is miaa os 145 Installation iaa 163 Installation cio ata 145 MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder assesseer 164 Feed Nudger and Retard Rolls oooooocccccnonnccccnnnccccncccanannnoncnanancnn nana 146 Removal irna oe EE AE EAN 164 Removal eaa e E aE E boven ci ete ee 146 Installation rr SE 164 Installation comic a ii lid 146 MSI Tray Assembly cccccccccconoccccnoncnononnnnonc conan nn nano criar nn 164 Tray1 Take Away Roll Assembly oooooocccccnnnocicccnnncccccccnanancnoncnncnncnnnnnnnnnn 147 PRREMOVA merindad 164 Removal 000 0 A AA 147 InstallatiO MM anea ane beng caves boca taseacnen Giadscesteaasiaanendieesnpen ces aunde 165 Installation ota aia 148 MSI Support Assembly iccccncccinncccnnncccnnccncnnnaconcnrn nano cnn cnn rana 166 Tray 1 Feeder Assembly cccooccccnnocccnnocccononananancnonancn nano nana n cnn ano nnnnnancnns 150 A i vesna Sabannenadnhtaaahasnesdsebs deh augh iLa EASE paa iaeia 166 Removal sic dd 150 Install rita tirao init 166 instalation messio ai A ja id 151 MSI Size Sensor Assembly coconccconncccnncccccconncnnnancnonncnn nan nn nn cc naar 167 Support Assembly Spring comccconnncnnnccinnoconnnncnnnnrcccnnannnnnn cc connnnnnn cnc 152 Removal cui oder id 167 Removal iii A i et e nthe 152 Installation iaa cai tingehiat seaghea one 168 Installation EEA E TE 152 MSI Feed Clutch tiva alla 169 Tray1 Retard Assembly c oooooccoccccnnccccnoccnanancnanano nana cnnnano cnn nc nano cnnanancn
133. ace Do not remove covers of disassemble the ROS Assembly There are no replaceable parts of field adjustable points located inside the ROS Assembly 4 2 44 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the ROS Assembly onto the printer frame CHECK The small PWB mounted on the side of the ROS POINT Assembly should be near the HVPS and MCU side of the printer frame 2 Reposition the ROS Assembly until the two locating pins mounted on the bottom of the ROS drop into locating holes that are cut into the printer frame Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Make sure you have not trapped any wire harnesses under the ROS Assembly Use four screws to secure the ROS Assembly to the printer frame Reconnect J106 J207 J407 and J430 to the ROS Reinstall the LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS Assembly on page 215 J106 SSH325F Figure 4 59 Removal of ROS Assembly 191 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 45 EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge See Xerography and Development Transport Chute Assembly on page 274 4 2 45 1 Removal 1 Open the Duplex Unit 2 Open the Left Upper Cover Do not attempt to remove the EP Cartridge without first opening the LEFT Upper Cover 3 Open the Front Left Cover Cover Assembly FL 4 Pull up on the orange handle and slide the EP Cartridge half way out of the printer 5 Hold on to the top handle and slide the EP Cartridge out of the printer
134. ake sure the mylar strip is on the outside of the Chute Rev B Align the four screw holes two at each end in the Registration Chute with the four screw holes in the printer frame Use two screws to secure the Chute to the front of the frame and use two screws to secure the Chute to the rear of the frame Reinstall the Magnet Plate to the printer frame and use one screw to secure the Plate Reinstall the Inner Cover to the frame and use one screw to secure the Cover Reinstall the Left Upper Cover Assembly Reinstall the Registration Clutch Left Upper Cover Assembly on page 185 Reinstall the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 SSH482F Inter Cover Figure 4 56 Removal of Registration Chute Assembly 188 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 42 Registration Roll Assembly See Registration on page 271 4 2 42 1 Removal x gt 1 Remove the Registration Chute Assembly Registration Chute Se a Assembly on page 188 HO IS x YAA 2 Remove the E ring fro the rear of the Registration Roll Shaft ix mi A D DD PD 3 Slide the Shaft to the rear to free the front of the Shaft from the front One 3 D bearing A 4 Remove the Registration Roll Assembly SSH483F 4 2 42 2 Installation Figure 4 57 Removal of Registration Roll Assembly 1 Make sure both the front and rear bearings are i
135. al 1 Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 Do not attempt to remove the Main Drive Assembly without first removing the EP Cartridge 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 3 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 Remove the Left Cover Interlock Switch Assembly Left Cover Interlock Switch Assembly on page 219 5 Remove the screw securing the Inner Cover to the printer frame and remove the Inner Cover See Figure on your right P202 J201 J202 SSH322F Figure 4 77 Removal of Main Drive Assembly Rev B 211 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 9 Disconnect P J 462 from the MCU PWB 6 Disconnect J205 from the Main Motor PWB 10 Disconnect P J 202 J209 J600 and J601 7 Release the wire harness that is located just above the Main Motor 11 Remove the three screws securing the Harness Support to the Main PWB from the wire clip and move the harness out of the way Drive Assembly and move the Harness Support and attached harness out of the way 8 Remove the screw securing the green ground wire to the Main Drive Assembly and move the ground wire out of the way Figure below 12 Remove the three self tapping screws securing the Main Drive Assembly to the printer frame The bottom right screw also secures a ground wire with attached resistor to the printer frame 13 Rem
136. ame of Mailbin4 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin5 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin6 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin7 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin8 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin9 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin10 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Rev B 43 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 1 4 4 Special Operation Functions Here lists the special operation functions supported by this printer The functions are not open to users except for the hexadecimal dump function initialization of panel settings and Support Mode Please handle carefully the information written in this section Special operation mentioned here are not opened to the users except for hexadecimal dump initialization of panel settings and Support Mode since the service man with professional knowledge should perform these operation O Hexadecimal Damp Received data is converted to hexadecimal ASCII then it is output It is effective for all interfaces Operation Turn on the power pressing Form Feed switch NH Cancel Perform Warm boot by pressing Reset Continue switch or turn the power off and on again O Support Mode Printer goes to the support menu by this operation E Operation Turn on the power pressing Value Select switch O Initialization of EEPROM All values which are stored in the EEPROM at the controller side are in
137. and Map ccooccncoccccnonocononccnccnoonnoncnnnnnonos 231 BLETA ONIE PEE NEET ETE EAE AA E PELE E dit 214 Signal Information miii 239 Installation La Bele OA Ae 214 Board Component Layout cccccsscccscssseccsssssccssssseccesssessessseesssssessessseee 251 Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS Assembly cocccccooooonoocnoninieneneneneoos 215 C262 Main Board Component ccececceceeeeceeeeeeseneeeeeeeeseueeeesnaeessaes 251 Removal usa aaa 215 Parts LISt a a ada o de Ne od 253 MAEI EA td inci oa 215 C A i 253 AC Driver PWB mae eee nee oe een 216 Top Cover ASSCMDIY conccocccacnoooonccnonnonnncennnnnonnncannennnncennonnn caera 5 FON O ON e AAE A O PEA ks TAREE PE PES EEPE AELA OTETA 254 Removal ea E E et at Sat mae Ae a A A EE 216 Installation iia as 216 Rear Left and Right COVE micos 295 High Voltage Power Supply HVPS Assembly cocinas 917 Tray Unit Paper Stack tapada 256 Removal 917 Tray Unit End Guide c oooocccnnccccinocinonacccnnoncnononcnnnnnnnn nn n cnn nc carac n nana 257 EEE A Tray Int rface Tray Teba an eare Eae E TATAEE Taat 258 Installation LLantas dalt PEI AE E T 217 f Paper Pick Up Tay lisina lr 259 Noise Filter PWbB oiiiosicaii tad 218 Removal 218 Retard and Take Away Tray 10 cccceeeeeeeceeeneecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeaeeeeeeeeess 260 i ae naa Tain OO Spas OURS O a pta e DA Tray Interface Tray 2 cccccccscccsccssccsecssessececseeeceseecseesaecsecsaccasesseeeeeaes 261 Installation ern eine aan ace es See 218
138. appears on the paper after Transfer No recommendations 4 FUSER INSPECTION Replace the Replace the 1 Generate another Black Test Print and Fuser paper with Table 3 44 Spot Deletions switch OFF printer power when the Assembly fresh dry print is halfway through the Fuser paper a 2 Open the Left Upper Cover If A Step Actions and Questions Yes No 3 Examine the paper areas before the ig f nae image enters the Fuser and after the clean e 1 PAPER INSPECTION iaa aa Go to step 2 image exits the Fuser moded hE with fresh Is the paper wrinkled or dimpled Is the image on the paper normal rinter dry paper before it enters the Fuser but there p 2 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 3 ee ao Sere VADIS Wan NLS e Fuser Install a new EP Cartridge solved a Are the spot deletions gone Rev B 121 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 9 Spots Table 3 47 Spots OProblem f There are spots of toner randomly Step Actions and Questions Yes No scattered across the page 2 INTERIOR INSPECTION AND Problem Goto step 3 OSUSPECT COMPONENTS CLEANING solved 1 With the EP Cartridge removed inspect the interior of the printer for toner contamination The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components 2 Vacuum or wipe all interior surfaces may have failed partially or including Feed Rolls completely If you cannot isolate the 3 Gen
139. apter 7 Appendix P J461 5VRTN BLK J109 er SNR SIZE 1BLK E SIZE 1 SENSOR e N 5V BLK 3 P J459 5VRTN vio PI4100 s 1 SNR REGI YEL 3 REGI A 7 5V GRY le 2m L__ SENSOR 5VRTN ve PE 3 h 2 SNR NOP 1 YEL gt NOP 1 e 5V GRY f 2 m SENSOR a 5VRTN vio P J103 ia SNR LVL 1 YEL A v g 5V GRY 1 pa SENSOR SERGO9FA Figure 7 18 Size 1 Sensor Registration Sensor No Paper1 Sensor Level 1 Sensor MCU PWB Table 7 16 Signal Name Signal Name Description SNR SIZE1 Analog signal from the Tray 1 Size Sensor Voltage levels OVDC 5VDC SNR REGI Monitors paper flow at the Registration Sensor High Paper present Low No paper SNR NOP1 Monitors level of paper in Tray 1 SNR LVL1 Monitors position of Tray 1 High Not in position Low In position Rev B 246 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix P462 J462 q 24V 27 cisFEED1 Ds 201 orn a aa 5 CL TAROLL
140. arts Name 1 BTR ASSEMBLY with 2 7 2 BTR FRONT LEVER 3 BTR ROLL V16 wih 17 20 4 BTR P NL J234 5 BTR POSITIONING PIN w fe N 6 BTR GEAR Si 7 BTR GEAR LEVER 8 BTR DTS GUIDE ASSEMBLY with 9 11 9 BTR DTS GUIDE BRACKET 10 BTR LEAD PLATE 11 DTS LEAD PLATE 12 DTS KUBJ ROD 13 DTS LINK ROD 14 TONER EMTPTY SENSOR 15 TONER SENSOR SPRING 16 CRU CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY with 17 20 17 CRU CONNECTOR J454 lt gt J606 18 CRU CONNECTOR BRACKET 19 CRU CONNECTOR SPRING 20 STUD SCREW 21 BTR GUIDE 22 CB ASSEMBLY 23 CRU INTERLOCK SWITCH ASSEMBLY with 24 and 25 24 CRU INTERLOCK SWITCH BRACKET 25 CRU INTERLOCK SWITCH ASSEMBLY 26 E gt SER523FC 27 PLATE CONTACT C a 28 PLATE CONTACT D aS Figure 7 47 Xerography and Development 30 EP CARTRIDGE Customer Replaceable Unit CRU Rev B 275 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 24 Fuser Assembly Table 7 45 Parts Name for Fuser Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 FUSER ASSEMBLY 115V Customer Replaceable Unit CRU FUSER ASSEMBLY 220V Customer Replaceable Unit CRU SSH591F Figure 7 48 Fuser Assembly Rev B 276 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 25 Exit Lower Chute Co PL11 4 21 Table 7 46 Parts Name Exit Lower Chute No in the Figure Unit Parts Name gt SS 1 TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY FULL with PL9 1 PL9 2 Ea
141. ata spooling When Network Menu Buffer Size Max is selected received data is spooled in the HDD after the network receiving buffer becomes full EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 2 Changes from EPL N4000 to EPL N4000 Here explains the changes from EPL N400 to EPL N4000 DIFFERENCE OF PANEL SETTING O Printing Menu Device Menu ESC PS Environment Menu and ESC Page Environment Menu E Start menu Initialization Menu are erased Setting Initialization All setting in the Initialization Menu is added as Setting Initialization of Common Menu m One touch is added to Printer Mode Menu DESIGNED FOR FINISHER AND STAPLE O The following are added to the panel settings Setup Menu Stacker Printing Menu Staple Printing Menu Staple position Support Menu HDD Format Support Menu Adobe PS 3 kit HDD Init O The following are added to the printer message m Finisher Error yyy Can tAdjustFnshrTray Finisher N Full Install Staple Crtg Cover E Open Cover F Open Cover G Open Cover H Open Staple Cover Open Finisher Not Connect Stapler Supply Can t Staple Warning Staple Align Warning Check Stapler Warning Adobe PS 3 kit Hard Disk full E Maintenance Req 0001 0013 O Following message is erased from the printer message Optional device error DESIGNED FOR ADOBE PS 3 KIT O The following i
142. ation 1 Reinstall the Fuser Drive Assembly onto the printer frame Refer to the figure for correct positioning 2 Align the Assembly so the screw holes and locating holes in the Assembly line up with the screw holes and locating tabs on the frame 3 Use two screws to secure the Assembly to the frame 4 Reinstall the green ground wire to the printer frame and use one screw to secure the wire 5 Reconnect J104 J600 and J602 6 Reinstall P204 wire harness to the Fuser Drive Assembly 7 Reconnect FB red wire to the HVPS and secure the wire harness under the harness clips 8 Reconnect J23 to the AC Driver PWB and secure the wire harness under the harness clips 9 Reinstall the Offset Unit Assembly Offset Exit Assembly on page 200 10 Reinstall the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 11 Reinstall the Fuser Assembly Fuser Assembly on page 197 Rev B 199 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 51 Offset Exit Assembly See Exit Lower Chute on page 277 and Exit Upper Chute Assembly on page 279 4 2 51 1 Removal 1 2 Remove the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 138 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 Open the Duplex Unit Open the Upper Left Cover Remove J104 J209 J601 and J602 from the Offset Unit Assembly Remove the three screws one screw at the front of the Assembly n
143. att class 3B laser beam Circuity on the LD PWB maintains the laser output power at a constant level The LD PWB is electrically connected to the MCU PWB and to the C262 Main Board The MCU provides power and control circuitry C262 Main Board provides the video data input from the host computer O Corrective Lenses and Angled Mirror Four lenses two small one medium and one wide and an angled mirror focus the laser beam and direct it toward the Polygon Mirror O Polygon Mirror A twelve side rotating mirror that is attached to the Scanner Motor Assembly The movement of the rotating Polygon Mirror reflects the laser beam in a sweeping motion from side to side across and through the wide lens 64 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles O Scanner Motor Assembly The Scanner Motor Assembly is attached to the Scanner Motor Assembly PWB The 24VDC Motor rotates at a constant speed The Scanner Motor Assembly is electrically connected to the MCU O Wide Lens A lens that focuses the beam coming from the Polygon Mirror and directs it onto the Angled Mirror O Drum Mirror Angled so it reflects the laser beam coming from the Angled Mirror down onto the surface of the drum O SOS PWB Start Of Scan Sensor The SOS Sensor is in line with the laser beam sweep The laser beam strikes the SOS Sensor at the beginning of each sweep to let the printer control circuity know that a new scan has started The SOS PWB is electri
144. ay 2 on page 263 4 2 10 1 Removal 1 Remove the Duplex Unit if one is installed 2 Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 3 Remove Tray 1 and Tray 2 4 Remove the Left Upper Cover Assembly Left Upper Cover Assembly on page 185 5 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 6 Remove the MSI Support Assembly MSI Support Assembly on page 166 7 Remove the retaining clip from the docking stud that is located at the lower right of the Tray and remove the stud 8 Remove the screw securing the docking clip to Tray 2 and remove the clip 9 Disconnect P403 P404 P406 and P408 from the MCU PWB 10 Remove the screw securing the Option Connector Bracket the frame and remove the Bracket 11 Remove the screw securing the retaining clip that is located under the Option Connector Bracket and remove the clip Figure on your right Rev B 12 Remove Tray 1 Lift Motor Tray 1 Lift Up Motor on page 144 SSH418F Figure 4 17 Removal of Bracket The following steps has you lift the printer The printer is very heavy and requires two people to lift it Do not attempt to lift the printer by yourself 13 Lift the printer off of Tray 2 14 Set the printer with the right side down on a level and stable work surface 147 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly VA SSH467F Figu
145. ay1 Take Away Roll Assembly on page 147 Remove the Left Middle Cover L H Low Cover Assembly on page 178 Remove the screw securing the Feed In Chute to the Assembly and slide the Chute to the front of the Assembly to remove it Remove the plastic Feed Chute Retard and Take Away Tray 1 on page 260 from the Take Away Roll Unhook the spring from the Retard Support Remove Tray 1 Support Assembly Spring Support Assembly Spring on page 152 Remove the screw securing the Gear Stopper Retard and Take Away Tray 1 on page 260 to the Assembly and move the Stopper out of the way Remove the E ring securing Gear 22 20 Retard and Take Away Tray 1 on page 260 to the shaft and remove the Gear Remove the plastic bearing securing the Take Away Roll Shaft to the front of the Retard Frame and remove the Retard Assembly and Take Away Roll Remove the E rings and Gears attached to the rear of the Take Away Roll Shaft Rev B 11 Remove the Center Bearing on the Take Away Roll Shaft and slide the Roll out of the Retard Support SSH469F Figure 4 22 Disassembly of Tray1 Retard Assembly 4 2 13 2 Installation 1 2 Reinstall the Take Away Roll Shaft onto the Retard Support Reinstall the Center Bearing onto the Take Away Roll Shaft and secure the Shaft to the Support Reinstall the Gears Retard and Take Away Tray 1 on page 260 and E rings to the rear of the Tak
146. cally connected to the MCU PWB 2 3 2 ROS Operation The MCU PWB supplies 5VDC to drive the Laser Diode semiconductor The semiconductor uses the 5VDC to generate a 5 milliwatt beam of invisible laser light As is characteristic of semiconductor devices the Laser Diode can switch states very rapidly A switching circuit on the Laser Diode PWB switches the Laser Diode on and off according to image data sent from the C262 main board Two lenses an angled mirror and another two lenses focus the laser beam onto the rotating Polygon Mirror The Polygon Mirror has twelve mirrored sides and rotates at approximately 15 000 RPM The Polygon Mirror reflects the laser beam back through the two lenses and onto the Angled Mirror The movement of the Polygon Mirror reflects the laser beam in a sweeping motion from side to side across the Angled Mirror with one complete sweep for each mirrored side The Angled Mirror reflects the laser beam onto the Drum Mirror Rev B The Drum Mirror is aligned at an angle so the mirror reflects the sweeping beam down onto the surface of the Drum The combination of the rapid sweeping of the laser beam across the surface of the charged Drum and the rapid switching on and off of the laser beam creates on the Drum an invisible electrical image that corresponds to the screen image that was sent from the host computer Located at one corner of the ROS near the end of the Angled Mirror is the Start of Scan Sensor SOS M
147. ccccocnccccnonocococooonocononcnncnonananos 135 Fuser FUN COVE iaa iia 138 AMV cvc seabeaanedcabiasaratadinsean dat foncnaduad phagsawaalianagen 138 Installation taveiesavdanecdvestavivesea a a aa aeaa a aa aaa 138 Top Cover Assembly coconcoccccnccconooncnonoconnn nn nono nc nnnn nn naar nn nn nc narran 139 REMOVAL viii at da aid 139 Instala a EE A A 139 Rear Cover ASsembly isiicicfssitieceeetetlievasce tia 140 Removal dali conde EA 140 Installation caca dada 140 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Right COVER oeeie ceed a tetitas 141 REMOVAL inician ita 158 Removal nui dea 141 Installation ciu ii riscos 158 Installation dd ata 141 Tray 2 Feed Clutch cooooocccnocccnnicccononanonncccnnonnnn nono nnnnrn cnn rca ran rn 159 Control Panel audi A lil a ai 142 Removal iii ieee a ie ei es 159 Removal noria aid cirios 142 Installation iodo cds 159 Installation id id 142 Tray 2 Feeder Assembly coonoocccccnnnocccccnnnccncccnnnnoncncnnn nn nn cnn narrar 160 Rear Cover ITM caian dt ias 143 A ELET I EE E ET ET E T 160 Removal drasiedi eii vee eleva 143 Installation E 161 Installati n acia 143 Tray2 Take Away Roll Assembly cooooccccnnnnncccinonnoccccnnnonano nono nonnnn cnn nnnnnnno 162 Tray 1 Lift Up Motor ivi ccccoriocioicicccc ic a 144 o 162 Removal EE T TEET EEN EEEE PE cts ETETE S E 144 Installation ta ada 162 INSTAlION oca A A dd Nae 144 Tray 2 Retard Assembly coreanas enii iarra RAE 163 Tray 1 Feed CIUtCh Aiit trieta e ar ae ranma 145 A tas a eaa
148. ceeeeeceeeceeeeeeneeeceaeeeseaeeeseeeeteaaeeesaes 205 ROMOV aus cios Celada 205 INStANATION iii 205 Lower Chute Assembly cccccconnnccnonccccnonicnnnoncnrnncc nono ncnnnnc cc narran 206 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 PREMIOVAl Se tose tee tei co le e E tn tec tee Re eect Ne Salem td tea Ray 206 ESSE 223 Installation asta ii 206 Removal ali ao Suse 223 Upper Chute Assembly coccinicccnincconncccnonocccononcnanoncconncnnnnn nn nr ncc anar nn 207 Install tica dei arde 223 Removal ni A A Aah eens ales 207 Installation tt rr tt 207 Exit Roll Assmblvuacion casinos tds 208 Adjustment Removal ta PE T E OANE aA denne ee oe ee Bay 208 Installation ici A Rau ae a aera 208 o Full Stack sancscsst cshetacsececs casuarcin cake ieentiaeceseatsntearees atte 209 Maintenance R m v muii Aa 209 ME a ed ar ea on e e ea oon e 209 Maintenance es 227 VEREIS AA O 210 Exchange Units and Parts by User ssessesssseeseeeseeeeeteneeeeenetenes 227 Removal zsh nla cit the cee be etl tte ind Sa 210 Installation ia 210 Appendix Main Drive ASSOMDIY o oo eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeeaeeenes 211 Removal itean in ee ae a aes ee de das 211 Connector Pin Diagram oooconcociccnccnnccnocccocnnonnononnnonnonnnnoncnnnnonnonnnnnnnnss 229 Instalan act iodo 213 Pin AliQhNM nti aii A A a s 229 Main Power Switch coocccccnocccccnncnncncccnconancnonannnononannnnnncnonnannnnnacnonanicns 214 How to use P J location Table
149. e 236 MCU PWB P J100 Registration Sensor P J102 No Paper 1 Sensor P J103 Level 1 Sensor 460 page 236 MCU PWB P J204 Fuser Fan P J205 Main Motor 461 page 236 MCU PWB P J105 Size Sensor 1 462 page 236 MCU PWB P J202 Feed Clutch 1 P J201 Take Away Roll 1 Clutch P J200 Registration Clutch P J104 Fuser Exit Sensor P J601 Face Up Exit Sensor P J601 Full Stack Sensor P J601 Exit Gate Solenoid P J218 Inverter CW Clutch P J219 Inverter CCW Clutch 477 page 238 AC Drive PWB P J401 MCU PWB 478 page 238 AC Drive PWB Test output connector 499 page 234 Test output connector P J478 AC Drive PWB 500 page 236 HVPS P J457 MCU PWB 501 page 235 LVPS P J420 ESS Mother PWB page 238 P J400 MCU PWB 502 page 235 LVPS P J420 ESS Mother PWB page 238 P J400 MCU PWB Rev B Location Other end connected P J Map Connected to to 600 page 236 Fuser STS P J462 MCU PWB 601 page 236 P109 Face Up Exit P J462 MCU PWB Sensor P133 Full Stack Sensor P210 Exit Gate Solenoid 602 page 236 P218 Inverter CW Clutch P J642 MCU PWB P219 Inverter CCW Clutch 603 page 235 P J604 MSI P J403 MCU PWB 604 page 235 P107 MSI Size Sensor P J403 MCU PWB J108 MSI No Paper Sensor P200 MSI Feed Clutch 607 page 237 P J143 Take Away Roll P J408 MCU PWB Sensor P J144 Tray 2 Left Cover Interlock Switch 611 page 237 P J473 Duplex PWB P J404 MCU PWB A B 612 page 237 P J800 Mailbox PWB P J405 MCU PWB A B P J830 Finisher PWB 607 page 237 P J143 Take Away Roll P J408 MCU
150. e AC Driver PWB receives Fuser temperature information from Fuser sensors and passes that information on to the MCU for processing The MCU PWB commands the AC Driver to switch on or switch off AC voltage to the Fuser Heat Rods 76 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 O Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS Takes filtered AC voltage and converts it into regulated 24VDC and 5VDC The LVPS contains overcurrent protection circuits If an excessive current begins to flow through any of the components supplied by the LVPS the LVPS immediately shuts down all low voltage output To reset the LVPS after an overcurrent shutdown switch off the printer wait a few minutes then switch on the printer The LVPS contains open circuit protection circuits If the LVPS detects that a circuit is open for longer than one minute the LVPS slowly decreases the LVPS output until the output is zero To reset the LVPS after an open circuit shutdown switch off the printer wait a few minutes then switch on the printer The LVPS contains a low 24VDC output protection circuit If the LVPS detects the 24VDC output dropping below 15VDC the LVPS slowly decreases the 24VDC LVPS output until the output is Zero LVPS Fan A 24VDC fan that cools the LVPS PWB O Machine Control Unit MCU PWB Takes the 24VDC and 5VDC generated by the LVPS and distributes them to the various components through out the printer including 24VDC to the High Voltage Power Supply HVP
151. e Away Roll Shaft Reinstall the Retard Assembly and Take Away Roll back into the Retard Frame Reinstall the plastic bearing into the hole at the front of the Retard Frame Reinstall Gear 22 20 to the rear of the shaft and use an E ring to secure the Gear 153 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 7 Align the screw hole in the Gear Stopper with the screw hole in the frame and use one screw to secure the Stopper 8 Reinstall the Tray 1 Support Assembly Spring Support Assembly Spring on page 152 9 Reattach the spring to the Retard Support 10 Reinstall the plastic Feed Chute to the Take Away Roll 11 Reinstall the Feed In Chute and use one screw to secure it to the Assembly 12 Reinstall the Left Middle Cover L H Low Cover Assembly on page 178 13 Reinstall Tray 1 Take Away Roll Assembly See Tray1 Take Away Roll Assembly on page 147 Rev B 154 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 14 Tray 1 amp 2 Front Chute Assemblies 4 2 14 2 Installation See Tray Interface Tray 1 on page 258 and Tray Interface Tray 2 1 Remove either Paper Tray 1 or Paper Tray 2 on page 261 pag 2 Reinstall the Chute by sliding the opening in the rear of the Chute into the tab on the printer frame then hooking the tab at the front of 4 2 14 1 Removal the Chute into the opening on the frame 1 Remove either Paper Tray 1 or Pape
152. e Cover onto the frame then pressing the top of the Cover against the frame 4 2 6 1 Removal 1 Disconnect all option plugs from the Plug Jack located at the rear of 2 Use two screws to secure the Cover to the printer frame ine printer 3 Reconnect the option plugs to the Plug Jack located at the rear of 2 Remove the two screws securing the Rear Cover 1TM to the printer the printer frame 3 Lift up on the Cover and remove it from the printer frame SSH459F Figure 4 13 Removal of Rear Cover 1TM Rev B 143 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 7 Tray 1 Lift Up Motor 4 2 7 2 Installation See Tray Interface Tray 1 on page 258 1 Reinstall the Lift Up Motor onto the printer frame Be careful not to trap any wires between the Motor and the frame 4 2 7 1 Removal 2 Use three long screws to secure the Motor to the frame Use one 1 Slide Tray 1 halfway out of the printer screw on the lower left and two screws on the right side of the Motor 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 3 Reconnect J203 to the rear of the Lift Up Motor 3 Disconnect the J203 from the rear of Tray 1 Lift Up Motor 4 Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 4 Remove the three long screws securing the Motor to the printer frame 5 Slide Tray 1 into the printer 5 Slide the Motor out to remove it SSH
153. e MCU switches the Offset Motor on again and the Motor drives the Offset Bracket back to the rear of the printer taking the Offset Roll with it The Offset Rolls drive the next sheet of paper slightly offset from the last sheet into the Face Down Output Tray Offset Roller Main Drive Assembly SER716FA Figure 2 16 Offset Drive Mechanism Rev B 2 2 11 Paper Path Component Control The logic on the MCU PWB controls the Paper Path components Sensors along the paper path monitor the movement of each sheet of paper and send information back to the MCU The MCU provides the timing and data processing necessary to actuate clutches and solenoids switch motors on and off and to identify paper jams The MCU PWB provides the 24VDC drive signals for the Main Motor the Offset Motor and the assortment of clutches and solenoids within the printer The MCU PWB also provides 5VDC to the paper path sensors fe MCU PWB Main Motor Lift Up Motor 1 Ne fe N Y F E N y y Offset Motor Lift Up Motor 2 N pS A MSI Feed Clutch Exit Gate Solenoid Feed Clutch 1 Invert CW Clutch Feed Clutch 2 Invert CCW Clutch Registration Clutch sr1319xa Figure 2 17 Paper Path Component Control 63 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 2 3 ROS Raster Output Scanner The ROS Raster Output Scanner is the mechanism that carries out Step 2 Expose of th
154. e Offset Rolls Heat Roller Offset Roll and Pinch Roll drive the sheet of paper either forward into the Output Tray or in reverse to the Exit Roll and on to the Duplex Module Fuser Assembly m Exit Gate Solenoid controls the Exit Gate to toggle the paper path between the Output Tray or the Exit Roll and on to the Face Up Tray or Duplex Module 4 DTS Link Rod Offset Motor and Offset Bracket moves the Offset Roll back and forth so paper delivered to the Output Tray will stack offset E Exit Roll and Pinch Roll drive the sheet of paper to either the Face Up Output Tray or to the Duplex Module Main Drive Assembly Cover Assembly L H XIP nas Figure 2 7 Paper Path Component SSH718F Rev B 58 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 2 Paper Feed Transport and Paper Eject Drive The Main Drive Assembly provides the mechanical drive for the majority of the Paper Path components The Offset Motor provides the mechanical drive for the Offset Rolls Main Motor Main Drive Assembly Feed Clutchi Feed Roll gt Nudger Roll Generates mechanical Transmits mechanical energy energy to gt Registration Clutch gt Registration Roll gt Feed Clutch2 Feed Roll 2 Nudger Roll2 gt MSI Feed Clutch MSIFeed Roll gt MSINudger Roll Fuser Drive Gear gt Heat Roll gt Pressur
155. e Roll gt Drum Drive y Drum gt BTR H gt Inverter CW Clutch gt gt Offset Roll gt Exit Drive H gt Inverter CCW Clutch gt Offset Roll gt Exit Roll Offset Motor Generates mechanical energy Offset Roller Bracket Sr1318x Figure 2 8 Paper Feed Transport and Paper Eject Drive When the Left Upper Cover is closed DTS Link Rod is pushed and Bracket Assembly conveys the motive power of Main Drive Assembly to the Fuser Assembly Rev B 2 2 3 Mechanical drive for paper fed from the MSI The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for MSI feed Multi Sheet Inserter The Drive Assembly transmits drive to the MSI Feed Clutch The MSI Feed Roll and Nudger Roll are attached to the MSI Clutch At paper feed the MCU switches on the MSI Feed Clutch The MSI Feed Clutch transmits drive to the Feed Roll which rotates and begins feeding a single sheet of paper out of the MSI Tray Tray 1 Feed Clutch transmits drive to the Take Away Roll The Take Away Roll and Pinch Roll drive the sheet of paper into the Registration Roll Main Drive Assembly D A So 3 Clutch Assembly S MSI Feed Clutch MSI Nudger Roller SER720F Figure 2 9 MSI Drive Mechanism 59 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 4 Mechanical Drive for Paper Fed from Tray1 The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for MSI feed The Drive Assembly transmits drive to the MSI Feed
156. e fed paper is different from the appointed size tttt O Invalid Size LC1 5 Error Explanation This error appears when the detected paper size is not supported or has undefined value Remedy Pull out the cassette and set the correct paper size As soon as the correct paper size is detected the error is canceled automatically 97 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting O Turn Paper LC1 3 Error Explanation This error appears when A4 LT or B5 size paper is set portrait short edge first m Remedy Reset the paper landscape long edge first The error is cancelled after closing the cassette O Can Print Duplex Error Explanation This error appears when duplex printing is not available according to its rules m Remedy Pressing Continue switch will resume printing but it will be one side printing If Auto Error Cancel is On on the device error one side printing will be resumed after a while If the error cause is related to the setting of the paper feed device duplex printing may resume after feeding setting is changed O Paper Set ssss ttt Error m Explanation This error appears when the paper size in the selected paper feeding device does not match with the paper size which is about to be printed out O Invalid Option Error Explanation Finisher or HDD which can not be used for this printer is installed in the printer Rev B m Remedy Turn off the power
157. e previous setting item by pressing this switch O Value selection switch The printer goes to the previous setting item by pressing this switch O Enter switch By pressing this button the printer goes to status sheet in the test printing menu O Reset Continue The printer stops printing or resets by pressing Alt and Continue switches After displaying Reset on the display pressing both switches for 5 seconds lead to Reset All and executes warm boot Rev B CHAPTER 1 Product Description E This printer has EEPROM and hard disk drive HDD option inside and records various setting values and printing data If the printer is turned off during this process writing operation is not guaranteed and error occurs when the printer is turned on next time Therefore never turn off the printer at the following cases e From the power on to On line light on e On line light is blinking e When the printer is printing when the paper transporting motor is in active When you want to stop printing press On line switch or perform Job Cancel Reset Each switch operation for the panel setting is on the next page 24 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Table 1 26 Switch operation for the panel setting Each switch operation for the panel setting is as follows Table 1 25 Switch operation for the panel setting Switch On line ready Not ready Panel Setting mode Pa
158. e print cycle C Xerographic cycle gt sri320 Figure 2 18 Exposure A semiconductor within the ROS Assembly generates a beam of laser light Image data received from the print controller modulates this beam turning it on and off according to image information that is received from the host computer Through the use of a series of rotating and stationary mirrors within the ROS the beam sweeps the negative charged drum surface Whenever the print controller sends a command to print a black pixel the laser switches on long enough to shine onto the drum at a single pixel point That point on the drum is now discharged Modulated Laser Beam Ros sr1321x Figure 2 19 Laser Beam Rev B Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 3 1 ROS Components The ROS Assembly is made up of one major component housing a number of sub components WARNING Y The ROS generates a laser beam The laser beam is a very powerful and narrow beam of light that 5 produces extreme heat at its focal point The laser beam in this printer is invisible E Although you cannot see the beam it can still cause severe eye injury Direct eye exposure to the laser beam may cause blindness Never place a mirror or a reflective tool or object in the laser beam path Never run the printer with the covers removed or the ROS interlocks bypassed 2 3 1 1 Housed inside the ROS Assembly O Laser Diode Assembly LD A semiconductor Laser Diode that generates a 5 milliw
159. e printer performs warm boot and returns to the normal state 44 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description O Program ROM Up Date O Printing of error sheet This function updates program DIMM which is connected to the en program socket on the main board am Operation Press Enter twice after CPU reset at the occurence of a service E Operation call error Turn the power on pressing On Line switch Alt switch and Value switch O Copy of ROM Module This function copies the content of ROM module inserted to B socket on the main board to the flash ROM module inserted to A socket Also if ROM module is not inserted to B socket the printer copies the content of ROM module which is inserted to code ROM socket E Operation Turn the power on pressing On Line switch Alt switch and Enter switch By pressing Enter switch at the point that LCD displays DIMM COPY MODE the printer copies after erasing Flash ROM After that the printer performs warm boot and returns to the normal condition O Maintenance Mode Operation Power on the printer while pressing On Line switch Form Feed switch and Continue switch See Maintenance Mode on page 46 for more details O CPU reset at service call occurence E Operation Press Alt Menu Item Value and Enter switches when a service call error has occured Rev B 45 EPSO
160. e printer setting items Note that the box in the depending on whether the version is EPL N4000 or EPL Value column indicates the factory default setting N4000 2 Appears only when Interface Auto or Network Table 1 28 Printer Setting 3 Appears only when Inteface Auto or AUX at start up with a Menu hem Value Level3 capable Type B host interface option installed and can Test Menu Status sheet then be executed from EPL N4000 Any other menu has been Network Status Sheet set or executed before executing this menu shift to a printable AUX Status Sheet state before execution Adobe PS 3 kit Status Sheet 4 Adobe PS 3 kit Font Sample e ESC Page Font Sample e LJ4 Font Sample ESCP2 Font Sample FX Font Sample 1239X Font Sample 4 Appears only when Adobe PS 3 kit is installed 5 Not displayed on the panel Not printed on the status sheet Can be executed with EJL 6 Appears only when Type B interface card is installed Emulation e Parallel Auto LJ4 ESCP2 FX 1239X Menu Adobe PS 3 kit GL2 e Network Auto LJ4 ESCP2 FX 1239X Adobe PS 3 kit GL2 e AUXS Auto LJ4 ESCP2 FX 1239X Adobe PS 3 kit GL2 Rev B 27 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Table 1 29 Printer Setting NOTE 1 Appears only when the MP tray is installed and can then be selected The MP tray does not support the envelope size to Prin
161. e to the Feed Roll and Nudger Roll Nudger Roll drives the top sheet of paper into the Feed Roll Feed Roll drives the top sheet of paper out of the MSI tray Retard Pad prevents multiple sheet feed Take Away Roll and Pinch Roll continue to drive the sheet of paper out of the MSI Tray and toward the Registration Roll Registration Roll and Pinch Roll The Registration Roll is a driven roll The Pinch Roll is an idler that rides on the surface of the Registration Roll The Registration Roll and Pinch Roll register a sheet of paper with the toner image on the surface of the Drum Registration Sensor Monitors the movement of paper at the Registration Roll Drum and BTR Bias Transfer Roll In addition to xerographic functions the Drum and BTR drive the paper out of the Xerographic area and into the Fuser area Heat Roll and Pressure Roll In addition to fusing functions the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll drive the sheet of paper out of the Fuser and into the Offset Unit Fuser Exit Sensor Monitors the movement of paper out of the Fuser Offset and Exit Unit The assembly located above the Fuser The Offset Unit drives paper to either the standard Face Down Output Tray to the optional Face Up Output Tray or to the Duplex Module The Offset Unit includes a number of components 57 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles m Inverter CW and CCW Clutches transmit Main Motor drive forward and reverse to th
162. ed LC4 Type Bond Recycled Color Transparency Labels Plain Preprinted Letterhead Prepunched LC5 Type Bond Recycled Color Transparency Labels Config RiTech On Off Menu Toner Save Off On Density 3 4 5 1 2 Top Offset e 0 0 150 0 to 150 0 mm step 0 5 mm Left offset e 0 0 150 0 to 150 0 mm step 0 5 mm T offset B e 0 0 150 0 to 150 0 mm step 0 5 mm L offset B1 0 0 150 0 to 150 0 mm step 0 5 mm Size Ignore e Off On Auto Cont e Off On Page Protect Auto On Image Optimum Auto Off On Rev B NOTE 1 Appears only when the MP tray is installed and can then be selected The MP tray does not support the envelope size to which the ENV tray corresponds 2 Factory default setting when the A4 LT configuration is A4 3 Factory default setting when the A4 LT configuration is LT 4 Appears only when the ENV tray is installed and can then be selected 5 Not displayed on the panel Not printed on the status sheet Can be extracted with EJL and so forth 6 With the cassette size detect jumper setting as LGL and EXE LGL is detected when B4 or LGL paper is placed in the cassette EXE is detected when B5 or EXE paper is placed in it 7 With the cassette size detect jumper settings as B4 and B5 B4 is detected when B4 or LGL paper is placed in the cassette B is detected when B5 or EXE paper is placed in it 8 Not displayed on the panel Not printed on the status sheet Can be
163. ed below one at a time until the developed image arean the Dium problem disappears before it reached Transfer Is the image on the drum completely ROS Assembly developed with sharp black easily MCU PWB read areas R 4 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Go to step 5 Replace the Table 3 27 Light Prints BTR 1 Carefully remove the Test Print generated in step 3 oe Step Actions and Questions Yes No 2 Inspect the print ela ts Was the toner image on the drum replace the 1 PAPER INSPECTION Load fresh Go to step 2 transferred completely to the paper HVPS Is the paper wrinkled or dimpled dry paper And are the grid lines black and Assembly unbroken 2 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 3 Install a new EP Cartridge CRU solved Is the image density normal Rev B 111 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 29 Light Prints and switch OFF printer power when the print is halfway through the Fuser 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 3 Examine the paper areas before the image enters the Fuser and after the image exits the Fuser Is the image normal before it enters the Fuser but light when it exits the Fuser Step Actions and Questions Yes No 5 FUSER INSPECTION Replace the Goto Suspect 1 Generate another Grid Test Print Fuser Components Assembly Rev B 112 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 3 4 2 Blank White OProblem The
164. eet 5 This item is for display only and the setting cannot be changed 6 This item must be set since installation of the face up tray is not automatically recognized The changed setting becomes valid after the next warm boot or the power is turned on again 7 When changed on the panel or with EJL these do not become valid immediately but become valid after warm boot or at power on again Displaying on the panel reading with EJL and printing on the status sheet for themselves are immediately reflected They are not reflected in the out bin setting range language network operation etc until warm boot is performed or the power is turned on again If they are changed on the panel or with EJL be sure to perform warm boot or turn on the power again To change more than one of these change more than one of them perform warm boot or turn on the power again once at the end 8 Appears only when the multibin unit is installed and can then be selected When the setting is changed to terminate the panel setting mode warm boot is performed After the setting is changed the test print menu is not displayed until the panel setting mode is terminated It becomes valid after warm boot 9 Appears when the Stacker can be selected as the outbin 30 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Table 1 32 Printer Setting Network e Network config No Yes added in EPL N4000 Menu Get IPAddress 2
165. em 1 Run another Grid Test Print and Fuser replace the Is the paper in the Feeder already switch OFF printer power when the Assembly Offset Exit wrinkled creased or torn print is halfway through the Fuser ASseEmDY 2 PAPER PATH INSPECTION Go to step 3 Clear the 2 Open tie APO COVEN Inspect the paper path between the paper path or 3 Examine the paper areas before the feed tray and the exit tray for paper replace the coe ee ape anenine image exits the Fuser scrap obstructions or broken printer broken g component Is paper undamaged before it enters components Is the paper path clear and there are no broken components the Fuser but there is damage visible as it exits the Fuser Rev B 128 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 14 Unfused Image or Image Easily Rubbed Off OProblem The printed image is not fully fused to the paper The image easily rubs off OSUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each 3 4 15 Image not Registered Correctly OProblem The printed image is not centered on the page or is bleeding off of the page COISUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components
166. entire print is blank OSUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at atime until the problem disappears MCU PWB CRU Connector and Contact Springs SCO002F Table 3 30 Blank White Step Actions and Questions Yes No 1 CONTROLLER OR HOST SOFT Troublesho Go to step 2 WARE ISOLATION ot or id Test Print replace the Generate a Grid Test Print ESS PWB or reload the Host Is the test print image normal Driver Software 2 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 3 Install a new EP Cartridge solved Is there a normal image on the paper Rev B Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 31 Blank White and check for a broken wire or loose connection between components in the Xerographic sections of the printer Step Actions and Questions Yes No 3 IMAGE DEVELOPMENT INSPEC Goto step 4 Replace the TION HVPS 1 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly 2 Generate a Grid Test Print and switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle 3 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 Open the Drum Shutter 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Is t
167. er Assembly 1 COVER ASSEMBLY with 2 3 2 TOP COVER 3 LABEL SWITCH 4 CONSOLE PANEL 5 T S 6 COVER ESS ae 7 STOPPER 8 FAN ASSEMBLY FUSER 9 COVER FUSER FULL V 1 with 2 3 SER501FC SS Figure 7 25 Top Cover Assembly Rev B 253 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 2 Front Cover Table 7 22 Parts Name for Front Cover No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 COVER ASSEMBLY 2 SPRING TORSION 3 COVER F R 4 PLATE MAGNET 5 DOCT BOTTOM 6 7 8 STUDIO DOCKING 9 SPRING EME FRONT 10 BRACKET DOCKING LEFT 11 12 BRACKET DOCKING REAR 99 KIT TRAY2 MOUNTING 8 10 12 Y 99 8 10 12 SER502XB Figure 7 26 Front Cover Rev B 254 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 3 Rear Left and Right Cover Table 7 23 Parts Name for Rear Left and Right Cover No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 COVER INNER LH 2 COVER RH 3 COVER ASSEMBLY REAR OEM 4 COVER REAR 1TM OEM SER503XB Figure 7 27 Rear Left and Right Cover Rev B 255 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 4 Tray Unit Paper Stack Table 7 24 Parts Name for Tray Unit Paper Stacker No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 TRAY ASSEMBLY with 2 18 and Tray Unit End Guide Y 1 with2 18 PL2 2 2 PLATE BOTTOM 3 PAD BOT
168. er Pick Up Tray 1 on page 259 and Retard and Take Away Tray 2 on page 263 CHECK POINT E Replace the Feeder Nudger and Retard Rolls as a E Use this procedure for Feeders1 and Feeders 2 unit E If Feed Roll is exchanged be sure to perform LC1 5 Counter Clear See Panel Setting Mode on page 26 and Maintenance Mode on page 46 4 2 9 1 Removal 1 2 3 4 Remove the paper tray from the appropriate feeder Press in on the front of the Chute and remove the Chute Pull out on the Roll latch and slide the Roll off of the shaft Repeat step 3 for the remaining two Rolls 4 2 9 2 Installation 1 Position the Roll with the latch end facing out and slide the Roll onto the shaft 2 Rotate and push the Roll down the shaft until the latch locks the Roll into place 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the remaining two Rolls Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Reinstall the Chute by sliding the opening in the rear of the Chute into the tab on the frame then slightly squeezing the Chute and hooking the tab at the front of the Chute into the opening on the frame Reinstall the paper tray Reset the Paper Feeder Usage Log for the feeder with the new Rolls QU SSH309F Figure 4 16 Removal of Feed Nudger amp Retard Rolls 146 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 10 Tray1 Take Away Roll Assembly See Retard and Take Away Tr
169. er to pry up the front end of the Toner Sensor refer to the figure below 6 When the front end is freed remove the Sensor along with the attached wire harness SSH487F Figure 4 62 Removal of Toner Sensor Rev B 4 2 47 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Toner Sensor and attached springs refer to the figure for correct positioning Route the attached wire harness along the channel and through the small opening in the rear of the frame Press the Toner Sensor into the cutout in the bottom of the EP Cartridge cavity Press and release the Toner Sensor to make sure it has a spring action return Reconnect P J127 to the MCU PWB Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 Reinstall the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 Close the Left Upper Cover 195 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 48 CRU Interlock Switch 4 2 48 2 Installation See Xerography and Development Transport Chute Assembly on 1 Line up the two positioning holes on the CRU Interlock Switch with page 274 the two position tabs on the printer frame 2 Use one screw to secure the Switch to the frame 4 2 48 1 Removal 3 Reconnect J234 to the Interlock Switch wire harness 1 Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 4 Reconnect J232 and J233 to the Interlock Switch 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly
170. erate 30 Blank Test Prints to clean out the printer 4 Examine the last print out Are the spots gone problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one ata time until the problem disappears E 3 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Replacethe Go to step 4 No recommendations 1 Remove the Rear Cover BTR Assembly 2 Generate a Blank Test Print and TADIG RAS Spots switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle Step Actions and Questions Yes No 3 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 Open the Drum Shutter 1 EP CARTRIDGE INSPECTION Replacethe Go to step 2 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the 1 Remove the EP Cartridge EP Main Drive Motor to advance the l Cartridge Drum far enough so you can see the 2 Inspect the outside of the Cartridge developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Is the paper clean before Transfer but there are spots on the paper after Transfer 3 Open the Shutter and inspect the Drum Is the EP Cartridge dirty and is it leaking toner Rev B 122 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 48 Spots Step Actions and Questions Yes No 4 FUSER INSPECTION Replace the Clean or 1 Generate another Blank Test Print Fuser replace the and switch OFF printer power when Assembly Offset Exit Assembly the print is halfway through the Fuser 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 3 Exa
171. erforming laser related repair procedures E Do not disassemble the printer in such a way that the laser beam can exit the printer engine during a print cycle Safety Components Make sure fuses interlock switches covers and panels are all functioning properly after you have reinstalled or replaced them Warning Caution Labels WARNING and CAUTION labels are stuck on dangerous parts in the printer to make you aware of the potential dangers that are present when you are working with those parts Rev A Revision Issued Date November 4 1998 Revision Status Description First Release Rev B September 16 1999 Add EPL N400 and revise all chapters for EPL N4000 N4000 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Contents Product Description Features cuca nahi adh neh wane atin iin 2 Changes from EPL N4000 to EPL N40004 ooooooooccccncccccccccoccccnococcccnnncconnos 5 Basic Specificatii ninie di 8 Controller Specification oooonnccnnnnnnnninnncnnnnncnncannnccccnn crac 8 Engine Specification oooocoonninninicicnnnnnnncccccncccnnncccnnnnco nn nrnnnn arcano 9 Paper SPECICATION coccion ici diera 10 Electrical Specification oooooonnncciniccnnnnnonnnncconncnannncrcnnrrn arrancan 12 Reliability Durability and Maintainability o ooooonnnnnninnnnninnconn nnnoonnnncccccns 13 Safety Approval viciado rats 15 Environmental Specification ccccesccececeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseaee
172. ert the front bearing still attached to the front of the shaft into the SSH496F front bearing cutout in the Assembly frame Figure 4 71 Removal of Offset Roller Assembly 3 Use a K clip to secure the shaft to the rear bearing 4 Reinstall the Gear onto the rear of the shaft The Gear snaps into place Rev B 205 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 57 Lower Chute Assembly 4 Reinstall the Offset Roller Assembly Offset Roller Assembly on page 205 See Exit Lower Chute on page 277 4 2 57 1 Removal 1 Remove the Offset Roller Assembly Offset Roller Assembly on page 205 2 Remove the five screws securing the Lower Chute to the Exit Assembly frame and separate the Lower Chute from the frame J104 3 Release J104 wire harness from the harness clips 4 Squeeze the latches to unlock the Fuser Exit Sensor and remove the Sensor from the Lower Chute 4 2 57 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Fuser Exit Sensor by pressing the Sensor latches into the cutouts in the Lower Chute SSH263F 10 88 Make sure you install the Sensor with the wire A harness positioned to the rear of the Lower Chute and the Sensor actuator moving freely though the Figure 4 72 Removal of Lower Chute Assembly cutout below the Sensor 2 Secure J104 wire harness under the harness clips located on the Lower Chute 3 Reinstall the Lower Chute to the Exit Assembly frame Use fi
173. es the information and sends commands back to the AC Driver PWB to tell the AC Driver whether or not to switch on the Fuser Heat Rods The Low Voltage Power Supply PWB or LVPS converts the 110VAC to regulated 24VDC and 5VDC voltages The LVPS sends these voltages to the MCU PWB The MCU uses the voltages for internal processing and for printer component operation The MCU also sends 24VDC to the High Voltage Power Supply PWB The High Voltage Power Supply PWB or HVPS converts the 24VDC received from the MCU PWB to the high voltages that are required by the xerographic system of the printer The HVPS produces Rev B Chapter 2 Operating Principles the Charge CR Transfer TR Developer Bias DB and Detack DTS voltages and sends them on to the EP Cartridge and to the Bias Transfer Roll BTR MCU PWB High Voltage Power Supply CR TR EP Cartridge amp BTR 24VDC DB 24VDC gt Solenoids 5VDC gt Main Power Switch 110VAC Figure 2 36 Power Supply Circuit AC Driver PWB 110VAC 110VAC 2 6 2 Power Supply Components This printer is made up of five main components and a number of subcomponents O Noise Filter PWB Smooths and removes any fluctuation or hum from the AC line voltage Main Power Switch Used to switch AC voltage on and off switches the printer on and off O AC Driver PWB Receives smoothed AC voltage from the Noise Filter Th
174. esulting in a momentary drop in voltage that may be difficult or impossible to read on the average multimeter FIPs may instruct you to remove or replace a component Refer to Section 10 Removal and Replacement Procedures for information on how to remove and reinstall a component When a FIP instructs you to replace a component and that component is part of a larger assembly you should replace the entire assembly Rev B Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Start Is nee l pes Go to Troubleshooting indicated by printer message No Abnormal operations which Yes are not indicated by error codes No Any problems on Yes image quality i Electrical Noise Secondary FIPs Go to Troubleshooting by Image Quality Figure 3 1 FIP Flowchart 93 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 2 Printer Message Table 3 4 Printer Message Message Classification The following lists the printer messages produced by this printer Finisher 533 Finisher Stacker Tray3 Lower Limit 541 Finisher Lower Safety Table 3 3 Printer Message 542 Finisher Stacker Lower Safety Message Classification 581 Finisher Eject Clamp When printer is powered on 582 Finisher Tamper Home Service Reg effff Service call error 583 Finisher Stacker Offset ROM
175. ever a specific door or cover is open or it does not display an interlock open Error Code when a specific door or cover is closed Table 3 24 Inoperative Interlock Switch the interlock switch Step Actions and Questions Yes No SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears e Wiring and connectors linking the components e Printer cover or door 1 INTERLOCK SWITCH TEST Replace the Replace the 1 Manually actuate and deactuate the MCU PWB Left Lower switch Cover Interlock Switch or the Does the Control Panel LCD display a Left Cover number that advances by one digit Interlock each time you actuate or deactuate Switch 108 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 8 Inoperative Offset Table 3 26 Inoperative Offset The Offset function does not work or does not work correctly Step Actions and Ouesti ns Yes No Table 3 25 Inoperative Offset 3 OFFSET TEST Go to step 4 Replace the eee Offset Unit Step Actions and Questions Yes No ihe EXE Motor dur TEC ane trom Assembiy SUSPECT COMPONENTS toward the Motor during 10 7 The following components are 4 MCU PWB REPLACEMENT Problem Go to Suspect associated with this specific problem Replace the MCU
176. ext to the solenoid and two screws at the rear of the Assembly securing the Offset Unit to the printer frame Lift the Offset Unit up and off of the printer frame 4 2 51 2 Installation 1 2 Open the Upper Left Cover 3 Reinstall the Offset Unit onto the printer frame 4 Use three screws one screw at the front of the Assembly next to the solenoid and two screws at the rear of the Assembly to secure the Offset Unit to the printer frame 5 Reconnect J104 J209 J601 and J602 to the Offset Unit Assembly Rev B Open the Duplex Unit Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 6 Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 7 Reinstall the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 138 8 J601 Y Figure 4 66 Removal of Offset Exit Assembly SSH336F 200 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 52 Exit Drive Assembly See Exit Drive Assembly on page 280 4 2 52 1 Removal 1 Remove the Offset Unit Assembly Offset Exit Assembly on page 200 2 Remove the three screws securing the Exit Drive Assembly to the Offset Unit Assembly 3 Pull the Exit Drive Assembly straight out and away from the Offset Unit SSH337F Figure 4 67 Removal of Exit Drive Assembly Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 52 2 Installation 1 Align the Exit Drive Assembly with the Offset Unit Assembly so the white d
177. extracted with EJL and so forth only when the Large Capacity Paper Unit is installed 9 Not displayed on the panel Always Plain on this model Cannot be set with EJL PJL and command 10 Appears only when the Large Capacity Paper Unit is installed and can then be selected 11 Appears only when the Duplex Unit is installed 29 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Table 1 31 Printer Setting Setup Menu Interface Time Out Standby Lang Lang Sprache LINGUA LENG SPRAK Sprog Taal KIELI Ling Panel Lock 4 Toner 5 Face up Enable 17 Multibin 78 Stacker Total Pages SelecType Init Value Auto Parallel Ethernet Network AUX 2 60 0 5 to 300 step1 Enable Disable English Francais Deutsch ITALIANO ESPANOL SVENSKA Dansk Nederl SUOMI changed in EPL N4000 Portugues Off On ESSE Et FES UE E BEF Off On MailBox Stacker Sorter Multisort Face down No Face down added in EPL N4000 0 to 99999999 changed in EPL N4000 Parallel Menu Speed Bi D Buffer Size Fast Normal Nibble ECP Off Normal Maximum Minimum Rev B NOTE 1 EpsonNet WebAssist cannot set change this item 2 Appears only when the Type B interface card is installed 3 The STANDBYTIME command not open of EJL is also supported Its default value is 60 minutes 4 Not displayed on the LCD Can be set with EJL Not printed on the status sh
178. f AUX Status Sheet in the test print menu is executed before coming out of the panel setting mode the before change setting value is printed Before setting or executing menus other than these items shift to a printable state 31 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Table 1 33 Printer Setting Value ESC Page Auto CR On Off Menu Auto FF On Off CR Function CR CR LF LF Function LF CR LF FF Function FF CR FF Error Code Ignore Space Avoid Error e Off On PGI On Off added in EPL N4000 LJ4 Menu Font Source e Resident Download ROM A ROM B Font Number Pitch Height SymSet Form Source SymSet Dest SymSet CR Function LF Function Oto available Max 65535 10 00 0 44 to 99 99 cpi step 0 01 cpi 12 00 4 00 to 999 75 pt step 0 25 pt IBM US 8859 2 ISO Roman 8 ECM94 1 IBM DN 8859 9 ISO 8859 15ISO Pc Multiling PCE Europe PcTK437 PcEur858 WiiAnsi PsTex Velnternati VeUS MsPublishin Math 8 PsMath VeMath PiFont Legal UK ANSI ASCII Swedis2 lalian Spanish German Norweg1 French2 Windows Pclcelandic PcLt774 PcTurk1 45 Pc Portugues PcET850 PcTurk2 45 PcCanFrench PcS1437 4 PcNordic 8859 3 ISO 4 8859 4 ISO 4 WiBaltic WiEstonian WiLativian 4 Mazowia CodeMJK 8 BoBRASCII BpAbicomp PcCy855 8 PcCy 866 8 PcLt 866 WiGreek Europe3 8859 5 ISO 4 WiCyr
179. f Tray2 Feed Clutch shaft 3 Slide the Feed Clutch onto the shaft making sure the positioning notch on the shaft hooks onto the tab on the frame 4 Use an E ring to secure the Clutch to the shaft 5 Reconnect J240 to the Feed Clutch 6 Reinstall the Rear Cover 1TM Rear Cover 1TM on page 143 Rev B 159 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 19 Tray 2 Feeder Assembly See Paper Pick Up Tray 1 on page 259 Take care not to break or dislodge the NO Paper Actuator when removing or replacing the Tray2 Feeder Assembly 4 2 19 1 Removal 1 Tray 2 from the printer 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 3 Remove the Front Chute Tray 1 amp 2 Front Chute Assemblies on page 155 4 Remove Tray 2 Feed Clutch along with the Feed Gear and Bearing Tray 2 Feed Clutch on page 159 Refer to the figure on your right 5 Remove the E ring that is securing the Feed Gear located behind the Feed Clutch to the shaft and remove the Feed Gear and Bearing SSH466F 6 Hold down the Stopper Link while you pull the Feeder Assembly to the front of the printer frame Figure 4 29 Removal of Tray2 Feeder Assembly 7 Remove the Feeder Assembly from Feeder 2 Rev B 160 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 19 2 Installation 1 Hold down the Stopper Link while you insert
180. f the bearing and remove the Clutch Lift the CW Clutch off of the bearing and remove the Clutch 4 2 61 2 Installation 1 2 Reinstall the two bearings into the cutouts in the Inverter Bracket Position the CW Clutch so the gear faces away from the Bracket and insert the shaft at the rear of the Clutch into the bearing Make sure the notch in the Clutch hooks onto the tab on the Bracket Refer to the figure for correct positioning Position the CCW Clutch so the gear faces away from the Bracket and insert the shaft at the rear of the Clutch into the bearing Make sure the notch in the Clutch hooks onto the tab on the Bracket Refer to the figure for correct positioning Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Reinstall the CW Gear onto the CW Clutch shaft Reinstall the CCW Gear on to the CCW Clutch shaft Route the wire harness under the harness clips and reconnect P J 218 and P J 219 Carefully reinstall the Drive Support onto the Inverter Bracket making sure the Clutch shafts fit into the bearings in the Support Use four screws to secure the Drive Support to the Inverter Bracket Reinstall the Exit Drive Assembly Exit Drive Assembly on page 201 P J219 SSH498F Figure 4 76 Removal of Inverter Clutches 210 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 62 Main Drive Assembly See Main Drive Assembly on page 281 Inner Cover 4 2 62 1 Remov
181. fication CPU O CPU 64 bit RISC CPU VR4700 133MHz RAM O RAM SDRAM DIMMs adopted m 64 MB RAM fitted as standard SDRAM DIMM type However 8MB is used as a system area O DIMM option 8MB 16MB 32MB 64MB 128MB SDRAM type 2 slots Maximum NOTE 8 MB is rarely distributed and therefore this is not stated in the catalog and specification ROM O Fonts 2M bytes mounted on main board O Program 4M bytes mounted on flash ROM DIMM board O Expansion ROM 3 ROM DIMM slots Can be mounted and removed only when power is off Slot A Adobe PS 3 kit or option fonts Slot B Adobe PS 3 kit or option fonts Slot C NLSP fonts Only one Adobe PS 3 kit can be mounted HOST INTERFACES O Host Interfaces Standard Parallel IEEE 1284 compliant bidirectional B type connector Compatibility Nibble ECP Ethernet 10 BaseT 100BaseTX E Option Type B I F slot 1 slot PRINTER SETTING O By EJL PJL HTTP SNMP and ENPC EPL N4000 O Memory element EEPROM serial type 16KB CONTROL PANEL O Control Panel E Switch 8 switches m LED 6 LEDs E LCD 20 character LCD MOUNTING Fixed on main unit HDD OPTION O HDD option IDE type 4GB or 6GB TBD Dedicated format for EPL N4000 Required when finisher option is used Can be used only with software of EPL N4000 Already formatted no initialization required EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 MISCELLANEOUS
182. from the printer 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 3 Remove the Front Chute Tray 1 amp 2 Front Chute Assemblies on page 155 SSH465F Figure 4 19 Removal of Tray1 Feed Clutch 4 Remove Tray 1 Feed Clutch along with the Feed Gear and Bearing Tray 1 Feed Clutch on page 145 Refer to the figure 5 Remove the E ring that is securing the Feed Gear located behind the Feed Clutch to the shaft and remove the Feed Gear and Bearing 6 Hold down the Stopper Link while you pull the Feeder Assembly to the front of the printer frame 7 Remove the Feeder Assembly from Feeder 1 Rev B 150 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 11 2 Installation 1 Hold down the Stopper Link while you insert the end of the Feed Shaft into the opening in the rear of the printer frame 2 Slide the Bearing into the Bearing cutout refer to the figure 3 When both the Bearing is in place and the end of the Feed Shaft is through the opening in the rear of the frame release the Stopper Link 4 The Nudger Shaft should rest on top of the Stopper Link and the Link should secure the Feeder Assembly in place on the frame 5 Make sure the Paper Level Actuator tab on the Feeder is positioned in the center of the arms of the Paper Level Sensor 6 Slide the Feed Bearing onto the Feed Shaft and press the Bearing into the cutout in
183. fset Roller Assembly on page 205 P133 J133 Face Up Low Chute SSH493F Figure 4 73 Removal of Upper Chute Assembly 207 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 59 Exit Roll Assembly 7 Reinstall the Exit Drive Assembly Exit Drive Assembly on page 201 See Offset Roller on page 278 4 2 59 1 Removal 1 Remove the Exit Drive Assembly Exit Drive Assembly on page 201 2 Remove the two screws securing the Face Up Lower Chute to the Assembly frame and remove the Chute 3 Remove the K clip securing the Gear located at the rear of the Exit Roll shaft and remove the Gear and rear bearing 4 Remove the E ring securing the front of the Exit Roll shaft to the Assembly frame and remove the front bearing 5 Slide the shaft to the rear and remove the shaft from the Assembly 4 2 59 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Exit Roll Assembly by sliding the rear of the shaft through the bearing cutout at the rear of the Assembly frame SSH495F 2 Slide the front of the shaft into the bearing cutout at the front of the Assembly frame Figure 4 74 Removal of Exit Roll Assembly 3 Reinstall both front and rear bearings 4 Use an E ring to secure the front of the shaft 5 Slide the Gear onto the rear of the shaft and use a K clip to secure the Gear 6 Reinstall the Face Up Lower Chute and use two screws to secure it to the Assembly frame Rev B 20
184. ft and hook the other end of each Spring into the spring hole on the opposite side of the Bracket 5 Slide a Center Bearing under each Pinch Roll Spring as shown in the figure idad Figure 4 50 Removal of Left Lower Cover Pinch Roll Assembly Rev B 181 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 36 Left Lower Cover Interlock Switch Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover on page 270 4 2 36 1 Removal 1 Open the Left Lower Cover 2 Squeeze the sides of the Switch and pull it away from the printer frame 3 Disconnect J144 SSH480F Figure 4 51 Removal of Left Lower Cover Interlock Switch Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 36 2 Installation 1 2 Reconnect J144 Squeeze the sides of the Switch while inserting the locating tab on the Switch into the opening in the frame Release the sides of the Switch and press it into the frame The Switch snaps into place Close the Left Lower Cover 182 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 37 Tray 2 Take Away Sensor Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover on page 270 4 2 37 1 Removal 1 Open the Left Lower Cover 2 Squeeze in all four Sensor latches while you pull the Sensor out of the printer frame 3 Disconnect J143 from the Sensor see Figure 4 52 Removal of Tray2 Take Away Sensor SSH481F Rev B 4 2 37 2 Installation 1 2
185. g printer control oococcccnnnccconncccnnonanannancnnno 85 GomtrollOrauiita e A EA A EA Reine 87 Functions of the Controller ooooccoconnciccnnncnononocnnncccnnornnnnnrcc narran cnn 87 Specification on the Controller ooonncccnninnnnncicinnccnnonannnncccnnnrnna narco 87 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting ooccoconnnoccccnnnncoccccnononncnnnn nano nono nnnnn cnn aran 90 Service Flowchart civic iii la e ied 90 FIP ia oe gE Ta iran aliada orar Rare 91 How to use the FIP Flowchart ccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeenaaes 91 How to follow a FIP oooococonnccccocconcconcnnccnonannoncnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnr nn rcnncnnnnnn 92 General Notes on Using FIPS 0ooconccconnicinncconccccccnccnnananccnnarnnn anna 92 Printer Message cciuitacat a id te eatin 94 Printer Message usina ld 96 Service Req Enns acotado lis 99 A EOT reari N N T 99 Controller Erroi miii a Rennie E 99 Operation when Service Req Error OCCUIS ccccceeeeeeeeeteeeetteeeeeees 100 Printer Performance Problems not indicated by Error Codes 101 InOperative Pime ccoo tai sd 101 Erratic Operation nissin A a 103 Inoperative Control Panel ceccsceeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeetnaeeseenees 104 Inoperative Main Drive Assembly eeceeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeees 105 Inoperative Paper Feed Drive cooococcccccnccccccconconnnconncnnccnnnnnnnnnno cnn nccnnnnnns 107 J1 2 is not displayed when the EP Cartridge is out of toner
186. ge 140 Reinstall the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 213 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 63 Main Power Switch See Power Inlet and LVPS on page 283 4 2 63 1 Removal 1 Remove the Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on page 139 2 Remove the screw securing the Main Switch Bracket to the Power Supply Assembly 3 Pull the Bracket and Switch up and away from the Power Supply 4 Disconnect the four wires from the Switch 5 Squeeze the two clips on the underside of the Switch while you slide the Switch out the top of the Bracket SER339F Figure 4 79 Removal of Main Power Switch Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 63 2 Installation 1 Slide the Main Switch into the opening in the top of the Main Switch Bracket It snaps into place Reconnect the four wires to the Switch Follow the illustration below when reconnecting the wires The illustration represents the underside of the Main Switch Bracket and Main Switch FS1 Black o FS3 White j FS2 Black FS4 White Figure 4 80 Pin position of Main Switch Reinstall the Main Switch Bracket onto the Power Supply Assembly Make sure you align the screw hole in the Bracket with the screw hole in the Power Supply Use one screw to secure the Bracket to the Power Supply Assembly Reinstall the Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on page 139 21
187. ge on the drum normal and without vertical band deletions Step Actions and Questions Yes No 5 FUSER INSPECTION Replace the Go to 1 ROS WINDOW INSPECTION Go to step 2 Remove the 1 Generate another Solid Black Test Fuser Suspect 1 Remove the EP Cartridge paper scrap Print and switch OFF printer power Assembly Components or clean the when the print is halfway through the 2 Inspect the ROS Window for a scrap ROS window of paper or other contamination that i may have lodged in front of it and Fuser 2 Open the Left Upper Cover could be blocking part of the laser 3 Examine the paper areas before the beam from reach the Drum image enters the Fuser and after the Is the ROS Window free of paper or image exits the Fuser other contamination Is the image on the paper normal before it enters the Fuser but there 2 PAPER INSPECTION Load fresh Go to step 3 are vertical band deletions visible Is the paper wrinkled or dimpled dry paper when it exits the Fuser Rev B 116 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 3 4 5 Horizontal Band Deletions OProblem There are areas of the image that are extremely light or missing entirely These missing areas form wide bands that run horizontally across the page parallel with the direction of paper travel OSUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these componen
188. h Roll Bracket off of the Left Middle Cover Rev B 178 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 33 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the two End Bearings onto the Shaft 2 Reinstall the two Shaft Springs over the End Bearings 3 Compress the Shaft Springs and reinstall the Shaft into the Bracket Make sure that the lip of each Bearing is trapped behind the tabs in the Bracket and that each Pinch Roll lines up with the corresponding cutout in the Bracket 4 Hook one end of each Holding Spring into a spring hole in one side of the Bracket 5 Bring the Springs over the Shaft and hook the other end of each Spring into the spring hole on the opposite side of the Bracket 6 Slide a Center Bearing under each Holding Spring as shown in the figure 7 Reinstall the Pinch Roll Bracket onto the Left Middle Cover as shown in the figure 8 Reinstall the Left Middle Cover onto the printer frame 9 Use four screws to secure the Left Middle Cover to the printer frame 10 Reinstall the MSI Support Assembly MSI Support Assembly on page 166 Rev B 179 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 34 Left Lower Cover Assembly 4 2 34 2 Installation See Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover on page 270 1 Reinstall the Front Hinge onto the pivot post on right side of the Left Lower Cover 4 2 34 1 Removal 2 Reinstall the Left Lower Cover by first sliding the left pivot post
189. hange cartridge is Initialization detected Fuser Counter Controller When printing Panel EEPROM Initialization Fuser Change Controller 0 10 times Panel EEPROM Initialization LC n Counter Mechanical When feeding Panel Controller MP Counter Controller 150000 When feeding Panel sheets EEPROM Initialization LC n FR Controller 0 10 times Panel EEPROM Change Initialization MP FR Controller 0 10 times Panel EEPROM Change Initialization TR Counter Mechanical Printer Panel Controller TR Change Controller 0 10 times Panel EEPROM Initialization Duplex Controller 150000 When passing EEPROM sheets Initialization normal paper 49 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Table 1 46 Information Control and its Method Table 1 45 Information Control and its Method Name of Count Information Place Range Condition Clear Condition Face Down Controller 150000 sheets When ejecting EEPROM paper Initialization Face Up Controller 150000 sheets When ejecting EEPROM paper Initialization Mailbox Controller 150000 sheets When ejecting EEPROM Multibin paper Initialization Finisher Controller 150000 sheets When ejecting EEPROM paper Initialization Staple Controller 150000 times When executing EEPROM Initialization 3 Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization 380 Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEP
190. hapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 12 Skewed Image OProblem The printed image is not parallel with the sides of the page SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associ ated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears ROS Assembly Table 3 55 Skewed Image Replace the Registration Roll Is the image still skewed Step Actions and Questions Yes No 3 FEED NUDGER AND RETARD Go to step 4 Problem ROLL REPLACEMENT solved Replace the Feed Roll Nudger Roll and Retard Roll for the Feeder having the skew problem Is the image still skewed 4 REGISTRATION ROLL Replace the Problem REPLACEMENT EP solved Cartridge Table 3 54 Skewed Image Step Actions and Questions Yes No 1 PAPER FEED INSPECTION Go to step 2 Reload the Are the paper cassettes installed lane correctly and is the paper correctly cassettes loaded into each cassette i 2 PAPER PATH INSPECTION Go to step 3 Remove Inspect the paper path between the obstructions feed tray and the exit tray for or contamination or obstructions contamination from the aper path Is the paper path free of poem obstructions Rev B EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 13 Damaged
191. he image on the drum completely developed with sharp black easily read areas 4 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Suspect an Replace the 1 Carefully remove the Test Print intermittent BTR generated in step 3 problem Assembly If Replace the the problem 2 Inspect the print MCU PWB persists Was the toner image on the drum and or refer replace the transferred completely to the paper to the wiring HVPS And are the grid lines black and diagrams Assembly unbroken Section 14 113 3 4 3 Black Prints SCO003F EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 OProblem The entire print is black OSUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears LVPS Assembly Table 3 32 Black Prints Step Actions and Questions Yes No 1 ROS WINDOW INSPECTION Go to step 2 Remove the 1 Remove the EP Cartridge paper 2 Inspect the ROS Window for a sheet of paper that may have lodged in front of it and could be blocking the laser beam from reaching the Drum Is the ROS Window free of paper 2 CONTROLLER OR HOST SOFT Replace the Go to step 3 WARE ISOLATION ESS PWB Generate a Grid Test Print or reload the Host Software Is the test print image normal Rev B Step Chapter 3 T
192. he maintenance menu This total counter is different from the total print volume on the status sheet O Jam Counter Frequency of the Jam occurrence O ET Cartridge E Toner Toner left quantity is indicated by 1 degree OPC Counter OPC is counted by minutes which is read from engine side by drum rotation time NH Cartridge Change This indicates how many times ET Cartridge is exchanged 1 is added when the new cartridge is detected O Fuser m Fuser Counter This shows the printed volume after the Fuser Counter Clear is performed The condition to count is same as the total print volume Since the actual value is the difference between the previous value before the fuser is exchanged and the current total count value minus value may be indicated by the total counter clear Rev B E Fuser change This indicates how many times the Fuser is exchanged and 1 is added when performing Fuser Counter Clear at the Maintenance Menu Input LC n Counter This indicates how many papers are fed from LC n n tray number after LCn Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu This value is red from the engine side MP Counter This indicates how many papers are fed from MP tray after MP Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu This value is red from the engine side LC n FR Change This indicates how many times Feed Roll of LC n is exchanged 1 is added when LC n Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu m MP FR
193. he measurements for MP Tray are based on one side printing 13 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Guaranteed print area gt Bottom d Figure 1 3 Skew O Product Life 1500 000 sheets or 5 years in use whichever comes first O Maintenance MTTR Average less than 40 minutes Rev B 14 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 3 6 Safety Approval O Power consumption In compliance with International Energy Star program Others O Safety Regulation O Table 1 14 Safety Regulation Model Applicable Standard 120V e UL1950 2nd Edition e CSA 22 2 No 950 M95 by UL cUL 200V series EC950 2nd Edition with amendment 1 1995 e CE Directive O Safety Regulation Laser Radiation Table 1 15 Laser Radiation Model Applicable Standard 120V FDA21 CFR Chapter1 Subchapter j Section 1010 1040 200V series e IEC 825 Class1 Laser Product O EMC Table 1 16 EMC Model Applicable Standard 120V e FCC Parts15 Subpart B Class B e CISPR Publication 22 ClassB Taiwan 200V series e EN55022 ClassB e EN61000 3 2 e EN50082 1 e AS 3548 Australia TBD Rev B Toner No effect on human health In compliance with OSHA TSCA EINECS worker safety laws and CSCL OPC No effect on human health In compliance with OSHA Ozone In compliance with UL478 5th Edition Materials In compliance with Swiss en
194. he two screw holes in the Fuser Full Cover line up with the holes in the printer frame Use two screws to secure the Fuser Full Cover SSH301F Figure 4 8 Tabs of Fuser Full Cover 138 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 2 Top Cover Assembly 5 Carefully lift the Top Cover a few inches off of the printer frame See Top Cover Assembly on page 253 6 Disconnect the J417 from the Control Panel and lift the Top Cover Assembly off of the printer frame 4 2 2 1 Removal 4 2 2 2 Installation 1 Unplug the AC Power Cord from the rear of the printer 1 Unplug the AC Power Cord from the rear of the printer 2 Remove the Fuser Full Cover See Fuser Full Cover on page 138 Mee Do not reinstall the Top Cover while the AC power 3 Disconnect J204 from the Fuser Fan Cord is connected to the printer While reinstalling the Top Cover you may accidently switch on the Main 4 Remove the two screws securing the right side of the Top Cover Power Switch Assembly to the Right Cover See figure below 2 Reconnect J417 to the Control Panel 3 Reinstall the Top Cover Assembly onto the printer frame 4 Make sure the screw holes at the right side of the Top Cover line up with the screw holes in the printer frame and the left end of the Cover is under the Exit Chute Pinch Rolls 5 Use two screws to secure the Top Cover Assembly to the Right Cover 6 REconnect J20
195. his rotation corresponds to approximately 45000 sheets 43 6Kg 200V series printing at A4 continuous printing landscape setting This OPC drum life is indicated by minute s calculated from the turn on Ey plena pa weight the engine status sheet m High Capacity Feeder Less than 35 Kg E How to distinguish NH Mailbox Less than 16Kg ee Less than 6Kg Bracket Method to distinguish ID on the cartridge roe m Duplex Print Unit Less than 5 5 Kg Type Check OEM maker and if it is for Japan or for abroad 1 3 9 Other Specifications 1 3 11 Configuration O Noise In the EPL N4000 controller the following settings can be configured The settings are made with jumper resistors and must thus be set at the factory m Operating Approx 69 dB O Settings A4 Letter LG EXE B4 B5 selection Ozone Density Less than 0 02 ppm a NE Stand by Approx 42 dB Table 1 20 Destination dependent settings INPT5 Toxicity OPC Tonner and plastic materials are all nontoxic R140 R141 Paper Size Detection Mounted Not mounted B4 BS 1 3 10 Consumables Not mounted Mounted LGL EXE O Components and life Table 1 19 Cartridge R129 Factory setting for Printing Menu Page Size Component Not mounted A4 ET Cartridge OPC Drum Life 20000 sheets 3 5Kg Mounted LT Charging Roller OPC drum 130 k turn e Black Toner NOTE For the B4 and B5 settings LGL and EXE must not be e Cleaner Blade placed in
196. hutter covers and specific time in the print cycle the MCU switches on the Registration protects the Drum surface When the Left Cover is closed a mechanical Clutch The Registration Clutch transmits drive to the Registration Roll link opens the Shutter When the Left Cover is open the link closes the which rotates and drives the sheet of paper into the Drum BTR area Shutter A gear attached to the end of the Drum transmits drive to the BTR Since the BTR is attached to the Left Cover Assembly the BTR is driven only when the Left Cover is closed Main Drive Assembly Main Drive Assembly EP Cartridge Registration Clutch Assembly Registration Roll Assembly SER726F Figure 2 13 Drum BTR Drive Mechanism SER725FA Figure 2 12 Registration Roll Drive Mechanism Rev B 61 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 2 2 8 Mechanical Drive for the Fuser The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for the Fuser Assembly The Main Drive Assembly transmits drive to the Fuser Drive Assembly and on to the Fuser Heat Roll Gear A gear at the end of the Heat Roll drives the Pressure Roll The Heat and Pressure Rolls rotates continuously while the Main Motor is on and the Left Front Cover is closed Part of the same mechanical link that opens and closes the Drum Shutter when the Left Cover is closed pushes the Fuser Drive Gear against the Fuser Heat Roll intermediate gear which transmits drive to the Fuser Heat Roll Heat Roller
197. ibility of malfunction Rev B O Jam XXXX Error Explanation Paper Jam occurred at the indicated part If several parts are indicated it means there are possibility of paper jam around that parts and does not mean the number of the jammed paper Since the engine of this printer does not detect the paper size error if the actually fed paper is longer or shorter than the appointed paper size at the printer size the printer considers this condition as Paper Jam m Remedy If the paper jam occurs at the cover open the indicated cover and remove the jammed paper Then close that cover If paper jam occurs at the paper tray or ENV tray remove the jammed paper and remove all papers in the paper tray or ENV tray once and set them again In case of cassette pull out the indicated cassette and remove the jammed paper and pull back the cassette O Face down Full Error Explanation This error occurs when the printer eject the paper to the Face Down but the Face Down is full Also if multi bin becomes full when printing at multi bin mode paper will be ejected from multi bin to Face Down In this case if the Face Down becoes full this error appears m Remedy Take papers from Face Down and press Continue switch Then the printer will resume printing 96 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting O Multibin 1 10 Full Error Explanation This error appears when the appointed Multi bin becomes full
198. ier Prestige Gothic Orator Script Presentor Sans serif e Pitch 10cpi 12cpi 15cpi 17cpi 20cpi 24cpi Prop Code Page 437 850 860 863 865 T Margin 0 40 0 30 to 1 50 inch step 0 05 inch o Tai 63 67 1 to available Max 99 Lines e Auto CR Off On Auto LF Ce Alt Graphics Off On Bit Image Dark Light BarCode e ZeroChar 0 0 pu g2 Mainten Menu ance Engine Status Sheet Total Counter Clear e Fuser Counter Clear e LC1 Counter Clear e LC2 Counter Clear e LC3 Counter Clear LC4 Counter Clear LC5 Counter Clear MP Counter Clear TR Counter Clear e DM Counter Clear 5 FD Counter Clear FU Counter Clera 5 MB Counter Clear e Fin Counter Clear e Staple Count Clear 5 Error Log Clear NOTE 1 Factory default setting when the A4 LT configuration is LT 2 Factory default setting when the A4 LT configuration is A4 Rev B NOTE 1 Appears only when the printer is brought into Support mode by hidden operation at power on If n HDD is present only the menu is displayed and the items are not displayed 2 Appears when the HDD unit is installed 3 Appears when the Adobe PS 3 kit is mounted and the HDD unit is installed 4 Appears only when the printer is brought into Maintenance mode by hidden operation at power on Always written in English regardless of the value of Lang in the Setup Menu 5 Appears regardless of the optional
199. ific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears e Fuser Assembly HVPS Assembly e Main Drive Assembly e ROS Assembly Wiring and connectors linking the components Yes AC power cord inspection Inspect the AC Power Cord Is the AC power cord plugged into the back of the printer and is the other end plugged into an AC wall outlet Go to Step2 Insert AC power code into the printer and AC plug 101 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 11 Inoperative Printer Step Actions and Questions AC POWER CHECK Check the voltage at the AC wall outlet Is there approximately 110VAC or 220VAC if the printer is the 220VAC model at the AC wall outlet Yes Go to step 3 No Troublesho ot the AC power at the wall outlet Table 3 12 Inoperative Printer ESS PWB CHECK 1 Switch off the Main Switch 2 Remove the ESS PWB 3 Switch on the Main Switch Do the Control Panel LEDs light up and does the printer go into warm up Replace the ESS PWB with a new one See Chapter 4 Go to step 4 LVPS 5VDC CHECK 1 Remove the Rear Cover 2 Measure the voltage between J400 7 and FG and between J400 8 and FG on the MCU PWB Is there 5VDC between J400 7 and FG
200. igure 7 20 Multibin e Finisher MCU PWB Rev B 248 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 19 Signal Name DWAT Signal Name Description Sa oa As ONE OPT TX Status of Duplex Module sent to MCU High Mark INTLK SENSOR SENSOR SOLENOID DEXIT Low No mark OPT RX Status of MCU sent to the Duplex Module High Mark lt i minin x minin E E Low No mark gt 12 E z Jad DUPLEX DUP DET Monitors presence of a Duplex Module High Duplex Jal slate sala DRIVES Module installed Low Duplex Module not installed wg ie Oc iy S AA Orla O a DREGI Monitors paper at the Registration Sensor High Paper present Low Paper not present 5 x z E E INV SW Monitors paper at the Fuser Exit Sensor High Paper ie BE d 2 E gt al gt 5 EE present Low Paper not present E 5 2z a EA aa x a aja A E za 153 Pig oa Ye ys CL ICW Switches the Inverter CW Clutch High Off Low On N ry 3 S dl S AAA CL ICCW Switches the Inverter CCW Clutch High Off Low On SN ee ee ee ee INTLK DUP Monitors the Duplex Cover Interlock Switch High Cove
201. illic Bulgarian 8 PcUkr866 Hebrew7 8859 8 ISO 4 PcAr864 PcHe862 Arabic8 OCR B 8859 6 ISO 4 OCR A e 6010 6411 5 to 128 lines 277 0 to 3199 e 277 0 to 3199 CR CR LF LF CR LF Rev B NOTE Not displayed on the panel Not printed on the status sheet Can be set and obtained with EJL 1 Appears only when a down load font is present 2 Appears only when an option font is installed in the ROM socket 3 Either is displayed depending on the type of pitch of the font selected Height is displayed for the fixed pitch font and pitch for the proportional font 4 Appears only when NLSP Bitmap3 Plus Font ROM is installed 5 Appears only when NLSP EDG OEM Scalable Font ROM for Turkish is installed 6 Appears only when NLSP EDG OEM Scalable Font ROM for Latin is installed 7 Appears only when NLSP EDG OEM Scalable Font ROM for Greek is installed 8 Appears only when NLSP EDG OEM Scalable Font ROM for Cyrillic is installed 9 When LJ4 Menu SymSet Value is changed to this Symbol set Font Source Resident Font Number 0 setting is automatically made and therefore to print this symbol is set a font must be selected for which the Font Source and Font Number Value are supported by this symbol set 10 Factory default setting when the A4 LT configuration is LT 11 Factory default setting when the A4 LT configuration is A4 32 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Pr
202. in the same direction as EPL N4000 Rev B Table 1 42 Staple A4 A5 B5 LT A3 B4 LG Orientation Binding Staple Position HLT EXE fe ey Portrait Shortedge None Rotation Rotation Single L Rotation Front Rotation Rear R Rear Rotation Front Double L Rotation Rotation warning Double R Rotation Rotation warning Double Longedge None Rotation Rotation Single L Rotation Front Rotation Rear R Rear Rotation Front Double L Rotation Rotation Double warning R Double Rotation warning Landscape Shortedge None Rotation Rotation Single L Rotation Rear Front R Rotation Front Rotation Rear Double L Rotation Double warning R Rotation Double warning Longedge None Rotation Rotation Single L Rotation Rear Front R Rotation Front Rotation Rear Double L Rotation Rotation Double warning R Rotation Rotation Double warning NOTE Rotation The print image is rotated 180 degrees Front Stapling at the front of the compile tray Double Double stapling at the center of the compile tray Rear Stapling at the rear of the compile tray 40 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description O Even if the combination of staple designation is changed during one O Support Menu HDD Format job the first designated staple position is valid and the 180 degrees Press the setting execution switch and HDD
203. into 1 Open the Left Lower Cover the Rear Hinge 2 Remove the screw securing the Front Hinge to the printer frame 3 Use one screw to secure the Front Hinge to the printer frame 3 Pull the Left Lower Cover away from the printer frame 4 Close the Left Lower Cover SSH478F Figure 4 49 Removal of Left Lower Cover Assembly Rev B 180 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 35 Left Lower Cover Pinch Roll Assembly 6 Reinstall the Bracket onto the Left Lower Cover Assembly and use three screws to secure it to the Assembly See Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover on page 270 7 Reinstall the Left Lower Cover Assembly Left Lower Cover 4 2 35 1 Removal Assembly on page 180 1 Remove the Left Lower Cover Assembly Left Lower Cover Assembly on page 180 2 Remove the three screws securing the Pinch Roll Bracket to the Assembly and remove the Bracket 3 Unhook the two Pinch Roll Springs and lift the Pinch Roll out of the Bracket 4 Remove the two Center Bearings and the two End Bearings from the Roll 4 2 35 2 Installation 1 Reinstall an End Bearing to each end of the Pinch Roll 2 Reinstall the Pinch Roll onto the Bracket Make sure that the lip of each Bearing is trapped behind the tabs in the Bracket 3 Hook one end of each Pinch Roll Spring into a spring hole in one side of the Bracket 4 Bring the Springs over the Pinch Roll Sha
204. into the tabs on the underside of the Chute Press the front of the Chute so the two latches lock the front of the Chute into place Press the rear of the Chute so the two latches lock the rear of the Chute into place BTR Assembly Transfer roller unit on page 194 Reinstall the BTR Assembly Close the Left Upper Cover SSH485F Figure 4 55 Removal of Left Chute Assembly 187 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 41 Registration Chute Assembly See Registration on page 271 4 2 41 1 Removal 1 Remove the Left Upper Cover Assembly Left Upper Cover Assembly on page 185 Remove the Registration Clutch Registration Clutch on page 184 Remove the screw securing the Inner Cover to the printer frame and remove the Inner Cover Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 Remove the screw securing the Magnet Plate to the printer frame and remove the Plate Remove the two screws under the Magnet Plate securing the front of the Registration Chute to the printer frame Remove the two screws under the Registration Clutch securing the rear of the Registration Chute to the printer frame and remove the Chute Disconnect P J103 from the Registration Sensor 4 2 41 2 Installation 1 Reconnect P J103 to the Registration Sensor 2 Reinstall the Registration Chute Assembly into the printer frame M
205. irror The Start of Scan Sensor is located at the opposite corner of the ROS Assembly Each sweep of the laser beam begins by striking the SOS Mirror reflecting the beam into the SOS Lens which focuses the beam onto the SOS Sensor The SOS Sensor is electrically connected to the MCU PWB When the laser beam strikes the Sensor the Sensor notifies the MCU that a new scan has started Laser Diode Assembly emitting the Laser Beam Lenses Drum Mirror N SOS PWB Rotating Polygon Mirror N SS J Laser Beam exiting the ROS and striking the Drum ROS Casing Scanner Motor Wide Lens Assembly Drum Angled Mirror SOS Mirror Lens sr1323x Figure 2 20 Structure of ROS 65 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 2 3 2 1 Image Resolution This printer has an print image resolution of 600 dpi dots per inch Print image resolution is determined by the number of dots or pixels per inch of beam sweep and the number of sweeps per inch of paper travel 600 dots per inch of single sweep 4 gt 600 scan lines per inch of paper travel sr1324x Figure 2 21 Image Resolution Rev B Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 3 2 2 ROS Control The Laser Diode PWB controls laser power monitoring and adjustment The MCU PWB controls the rest of the ROS Assembly functions C262 main board processes video data sent from a host computer The ESS PWB then passes that data on to C262 main board which
206. isible paper jam and without any Error Code displayed TRAY 1 FEED CLUTCH TEST While the Main Motor is running under 8 1 run Output Test 8 12 to actuate Tray 1 Feed Clutch Does the Feed Clutch actuate and do the Feed Rolls rotate Go to step 5 Replace the Tray 1 Feed Clutch Rev B 107 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 6 J1 2 is not displayed when the EP Cartridge is out of toner The Control Panel LCD does not display the code J1 2 when the EP Cartridge is out of toner Table 3 23 J1 2 is not displayed when the EP cartridge is out Step Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears LVPS Assembly ESS PWB Wiring and connectors linking the components Yes No TONER SENSOR TEST 1 Insert and remove a new EP Cartridge into the printer Does the Control Panel LCD display L when the EP Cartridge is in place and does the LCD display H when you remove the Cartridge Replace the MCU PWB Replace the Toner Sensor Rev B 3 3 7 Inoperative Interlock Switch The Control Panel LCD either does not display an interlock open Error Code when
207. ith 4 8 and 21 4 PINCH ROLL END BEARING 5 PINCH ROLL CENTER BEARING 6 PINCH ROLLER 7 PINCH ROLL SPRING 8 PINCH ROLL BRACKET 9 LEFT LOWER COVER HANDLE ASSEMBLY 10 FONT FRAME 11 REAR FRAME v1 with 2 3 9 10 11 14 23 12 FRONT HINGE 13 REAR HINGE v3 with 4 8 21 14 FEED OUT CHUTE 15 LEFT LOWER COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH 16 TRAY 2 WELL TIE PLATE 17 SPRING EME 18 CAP 19 TAKE AWAY SENSOR 20 SUPPORT REAR 21 WASHER 22 INTERLOCK SENSOR HARNESS 23 TAKE AWAY SENSOR SHIELD SER518FC Figure 7 41 Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover Rev B 270 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 19 Registration v4 with 5 6 Table 7 40 Parts Name for Registration No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION 3200 BEARING Se ROLLER ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION a CHUTE ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION CHUTE REGISTRATION ELIMINATOR SENSOR RESISTOR ASSEMBLY FRAME L H OO CO NI aj By PO SER519FB Figure 7 42 Registration Rev B 271 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 20 Left Upper Cover Assembly v3 with 4 14 PL 6 3 Table 7 41 Parts Name for Left Upper Cover Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 SHAFT HINGE 2 SHAFT HINGE GEAR m n 3 COVER ASSEMBLY L H XIP 4 CHUTE LOWER 5 GUIDE PAPER 6 SPRING COMP 7 with 8 13 7 CHUTE ASSEMBLY L H 8 SPRING EXTENSION 9 R
208. itialized and returned back to the factory setting After this initialization the printer perform warm boot and goes back to the normal state Rev B CHAPTER 1 Product Description m Turn on the power pressing On line switch Continue switch and Menu switch Total Counts LC1 to LC5 Counter etc which are controlled by the mechanical controller side will not be initialized The total number of copies to be indicated on the status sheet will be initialized as it is counted by the controller side Initialization of the Panel Settings This function returns all the panel setting to the factory setting common environment I F environment After that the printer performs warm boot and returns to the normal state m Operation Turn on the power pressing Continue switch E All the values which can be set by the user are initialized Values which can be changed by the printing operation or maintenance operation are not initialized For example the number of printed sheet toner left quantity paper volume and all items on the engine status sheet Forced erasing of Flash ROM Module This operation erases the content of the flash ROM module which is connected to A slot DIMM ROM Module on the main board m Operation Turn on the power pressing Alt switch Item switch Value switch and Enter switch Erasing starts after Erasing DIMM A is indicated After that th
209. ive PWB The AC Drive PWB sends the temperature information to the MCU PWB High Voltage Power Supply Converts 24VDC received from the MCU PWB to several high voltages that are required by printer xerographics Toner Sensor Magnetic sensor that monitors the CRU toner level CRU Drum usage information that is stored in the CRU ROS The SOS Start of Scan Sensor the ROS Motor and the Laser Diode Main Motor Provides most of the mechanical drive for the printer Fuser Fan Cools the Fuser area Feed Clutch Transmits Main Motor drive to the Tray 1 Feed Rolls Registration Gate Clutch Transmits Main Motor drive to the Registration Rolls Fuser Exit Sensor Monitors paper travel out of the Fuser 81 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles O O Face Up Exit Sensor Monitors paper travel out of the Offset Unit Full Stack Sensor Monitors the paper level in the Output Tray Exit Gate Solenoid Toggles the Exit Gate Inverter CW Clutch Transmits Main Motor drive forward to the Offset Rolls Inverter CCW Clutch Transmits Main Motor drive reverse to the Offset Rolls Offset Motor Provides mechanical drive for the Offset Unit Duplex Module PWB Provides 5VDC 24VDC and command and status lines to the Duplex PWB option Mailbox Provides 5VDC 24VDC and command and status lines to the Mailbox option Finisher Provides 5VDC 24VDC and command and status lines to the Fini
210. ker the 1500 sheet large capacity eject unit will be assumed Paper ejection begins with Multibin 10 When Multibin 1 becomes full paper is ejected to Face down From EPL N4000 switching to Face down is disabled if Stacker No Face down If Sorter is selected when the Multibin setting is Sorter gathering 36 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description printing up to a quantity of 10 can be exceeds 10 a quantity of 1 only is ejected to Multibin 1 and the message Collate was disabled is displayed If Sorter is selected when the Multibin setting is MultiSort printing takes place by changing the multibin paper eject destination for each quantity Quantity is set with EJL or ESC Page Paper ejection is carried out in the order of Multibin 1 2 3 When Multibin 10 is reached paper ejection begins from Multibin1 again If the specified quantity cannot be implemented due to insufficient memory a quantity of 1 only is ejected to Multibin 1 and the message Collage was disabled is displayed For mailbox bin selection only one of 1 to 10 can be selected with the panel and PJL or EJL More than one bin can be selected with the ESG Page command If an item which cannot be selected due to the operation mode of the paper eject unit is specified by the ESC Page command that specification only is ignored and paper is ejected to the place specified on the panel PAPER EJECT PORT SELECT SPECIFICATIONS
211. l personal injury Great caution should be exercised in performing procedures preceded by DANGER Headings WARNING Signals a precaution which if ignored could result in damage to equipment The precautionary measures itemized below should always be observed when performing repair maintenance procedures DANGER 1 ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE PRODUCT FROM THE POWER SOURCE AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR PROCEDURES 2 NO WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON THE UNIT BY PERSONS UNFAMILIAR WITH BASIC SAFETY MEASURES AS DICTATED FOR ALL ELECTRONICS TECHNICIANS IN THEIR LINE OF WORK 3 WHEN PERFORMING TESTING AS DICTATED WITHIN THIS MANUAL DO NOT CONNECT THE UNIT TO A POWER SOURCE UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO WHEN THE POWER SUPPLY CABLE MUST BE CONNECTED USE EXTREME CAUTION IN WORKING ON POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS WARNING REPAIRS ON EPSON PRODUCT SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY AN EPSON CERTIFIED REPAIR TECHNICIAN 2 MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE SOURCE VOLTAGES IS THE SAME AS THE RATED VOLTAGE LISTED ON THE SERIAL NUMBER RATING PLATE IF THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS A PRIMARY AC RATING DIFFERENT FROM AVAILABLE POWER SOURCE DO NOT CONNECT IT TO THE POWER SOURCE 3 ALWAYS VERIFY THAT THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED FROM THE POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING OR REPLACING PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS AND OR INDIVIDUAL CHIPS 4 IN ORDER TO PROTECT SENSITIVE MICROPROCESSORS AND CIRCUITRY USE STATIC DISCHARGE EQUIPME
212. leshooting Table 3 9 Controller Error 3 2 3 Operation when Service Req Error Occurs Error Code ffff Explanation When service req errors happen following functions are activated by 1010 Verify Error pressing a particular switch 102 RAM E nee ESOO O Reset CPU when service req errors happen 1021 RAM Error Slot 1 a i Printer recovers from the error without turning off and on the printer 1022 RAM Error Slot 2 1100 RAM checksum error bit 0 15 font a Operation 1101 RAM checksum error bit 16 31 program Press Select Type ALT Menu Item Value switches and Enter 1120 RAM checksum error bit 0 7 program switch ES mi ace sae a aes O Error Sheet Printing Enea nan nee program Service req errors by CPU reset will be printed It can be useful for 1123 ROM checksum error bit 24 31 program analyzing errors 1170 Option FONT ROM Checksum 1180 Option FONT ROM Module A Checksum Error m Operation 1181 Option FONT ROM Module B Checksume Error After resetting CPU press Enter switch twice 1185 No support ROM Module 1190 Cannot access Cartridge 1200 EEPROM Write Error 1210 EEPROM write counter overflow 1400 Engine Initialization fault 1700 Network Hardware Error 1999 Other hardware errors 2000 Software Error Rev B 100 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 Printer Performance Problems not indicated by Error
213. ly Tray 2 Retard Assembly on 3 Reinstall the Gears and E rings to the rear of the Take Away Roll page 163 shaft 2 Remove the E rings and Gears attached to the rear of the Take 4 Reinstall Tray 2 Retard Assembly Tray 2 Retard Assembly on Away Roll shaft page 163 3 Remove the Center Bearing on the Take Away Roll Shaft and slide the Roll out of the Retard Support SSH471F Figure 4 30 Removal of Tray2 Take Away Roll Assembly Rev B 162 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 21 Tray 2 Retard Assembly See Retard and Take Away Tray 2 on page 263 4 2 21 1 Removal 1 2 Open the Left Lower Cover Remove the screw securing the Feed In Chute to the Assembly and slide the Chute to the front of the Assembly to remove it Remove the plastic Feed Chute from the Take Away Roll Unhook the spring from the Retard Support Remove the screw securing the Gear Stopper to the Assembly and move the Stopper out of the way Remove the E ring securing Gear 22 to the shaft and remove the Gear Remove the plastic bearing securing the Take Away Roll Shaft to the front of the printer frame and remove the Retard Assembly and attached Take Away Roll Remove the Take Away Roll Tray2 Take Away Roll Assembly on page 162 4 2 21 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Take Away Roll Shaft onto the Retard Support Tray2 Take Away Roll Assembly on page 162 Reinstall the Retard
214. ly see the figure for correct placement 4 2 29 1 Removal 2 Hook one end of the Feed Spring over the Nudger Roll Assembly 1 Remove the MSI Feed Clutch MSI Feed Clutch on page 169 frame 2 Remove MSI Feed Roll MSI Feed Roll on page 172 3 Reinstall the Nudger Roll Assembly into the MSI Feeder Assembly 4 Hold the Feed Gear in place with the flat side against the Nudger 3 Remove the E ring securing the MSI Front Feed Bearing to the Roll Assembly Feed Shaft and remove the Bearing 5 Slide the Feed Shaft through the Feed Gear through the Rear Feed Bearing through the Nudger Roll Assembly through the Feed Spring through the Front MSI Bearing and out through the cutout 5 Remove the Front and Rear Feed Bearings from the Nudger Roll for the Front Feed Bearing Assembly 4 Slide the Feed Shaft out of the Nudger Roll Assembly and remove the Assembly from the MSI Feeder frame 6 Slip the Front Feed Bearing over the end of the Feed Shaft and slide the Bearing into the cutout in the frame 7 Continue sliding the Feed Shaft as far as it will go 8 Use an E ring to secure the Shaft to the Front Feed Bearing 9 Hook the free end of the Feed Spring through the opening at the rear of the Assembly frame 10 Reinstall the MSI Feed Roll MSI Feed Roll on page 172 11 Reinstall the MSI Feed Clutch MSI Feed Clutch on page 169 SSH473F Figure 4 43 Removal of MSI Nudger Roll As
215. mbly into place on the printer frame Reconnect J500 DTS FB CB and BTR to the HVPS PWB Reinstall the MCU PWB MCU Machine Control Unit PWB on page 220 J500 SSH343F Figure 4 83 Removal of HVPS 217 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 67 Noise Filter PWB See Power Inlet and LVPS on page 283 4 2 67 1 Removal 1 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 Disconnect J19 F55 and F56 from the Noise Filter PWB Remove the two screws securing the Noise Filter PWB to the printer frame Squeeze the two latches securing the PWB to the printer frame and remove the PWB 4 2 67 2 Installation 1 2 Use two screws to secure the Noise Filter PWB to the printer frame 3 Reconnect J19 F55 and F56 to the Noise Filter PWB 4 Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 Rev B Align the two holes in the left side of the Noise Filter PWB with the two plastic latches on the printer frame and press the PWB into place Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly J19 F56 F55 SSH500F Figure 4 84 Removal of Noise Filter PWB 218 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 68 Left Cover Interlock Switch Assembly See HVPS and MCU PWB on page 284 4 2 68 1 Removal 1 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 Disconnect F5230 and F5231
216. mes valid O Limitations on Offset Stacking When the Page Size settings are MON C10 DL C5 and CTM or the Type Settings are Trnsprncy Label and Prepunched Offset Stacking becomes invalid and paper is ejected to the center This is the same as when Size or Type of the paper fed unit are those aforementioned PRINTING MENU STAPLE O Designate stapling None No stapling Single Single stapling Double Central double stapling 0 Rev B PRINTING MENU STAPLE POSITION O Designate the staple position as a logic position L Left hand side R Right hand side used for right handed binding in Japan This is not used in foreign countries GENERAL EXPLANATION OF STAPLE DESIGNATION O Ifthe paper eject destination is not Stacker designation is ignored and paper is ejected to the specified paper eject destination No error occurs O If the finisher option is not present designation is ignored No error occurs O If the paper size cannot be sent to the finisher designation is ignored Warning Outbin Select Error O If the paper size or type that can be sent to the finisher but cannot be stapled is designated staple designation is ignored and paper is ejected TBD There are no applicable size and type under the present circumstances O If an attempt is made to staple different size paper or to change the output bin to other than the Stacker during one job paper is ejected from the compile tray without
217. mine the paper areas before the image enters the Fuser and after the image exits the Fuser Is paper clean before it enters the Fuser but there are spots on the paper when it exits the Fuser Rev B 123 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 10 Residual Image or Ghosting Step Table 3 50 Residual Image or Ghosting OProblem There are faint ghost images Step Actions and Questions Yes No appearing randomly on the page 2 Generate a print run of 30 pages of Go to step 3 Problem The images may be either from a varying images solved Avoid previous page or from the page printing currently being printed numerous copies of the OSUSPECT COMPONENTS same image The following components are Do residual images still appear associated with this specific problem 3 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 4 One or more of these components Install a new EP Cartridge solved may have failed partially or Are the ghost images gone completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each s PE O a u a the component listed below one at a 1 Generate ten Grid Test Prints and Aaseni aeni time until the problem disappears e MCU PWB Table 3 49 Residual Image or Ghosting Actions and Questions Yes No CUSTOMER USAGE INSPEC TION Go to step 2 Go to step 3 switch OFF printer power when the last print is halfway
218. n place in the frame 2 Slide the rear of the Registration Roll Shaft through the rear bearing 3 Slide the front of the Shaft to the front bearing 4 Use one E ring to secure the rear of the Shaft to the rear bearing 5 Reinstall the Registration Chute Assembly Registration Chute Assembly on page 188 Rev B 189 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 43 Registration Sensor 4 2 43 2 Installation See Registration on page 271 1 Reconnect J103 to the Registration Sensor 2 Insert the Sensor into the cutout in the Registration Chute 4 2 43 1 Installation Assembly 1 Open the Left Upper Cover 3 Press in on the Sensor unit it snaps into place 2 Squeeze in all four Sensor latches while you pull the Sensor out of l 4 Close the Left Upper Cover the Registration Chute Assembly 3 Disconnect J103 from the rear of the Sensor SSH484F Figure 4 58 Removal of Registration Sensor Rev B 190 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 4 2 44 ROS Assembly See ROS Assembly on page 274 4 2 44 1 Removal 1 Remove the Low Voltage Power Supply Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS Assembly on page 215 2 Disconnect the J106 J207 J407 and J430 from the ROS 3 Remove the four screws that secure the ROS to the printer frame E Lift the ROS Assembly off of the printer frame 5 Place the ROS Assembly on a flat and stable surf
219. nds of the BTR into the BTR Sleeves The BTR snaps into place 4 2 46 1 Removal 6 Rotate both levers toward to you lock the BTR in place 1 Open the Left Upper Cover p di 7 Close the Left Upper Cover 2 Face the left side of the printer 3 Hole the rear BTR lever in your left hand and the front BTR lever in you right hand 4 Rotate both levers away from you to unlock the BTR 5 With both levers back lift the BTR out of the Cover Assembly Do not touch the sponge roll surface of the BTR Grease and dirt on or physical damage to the BTR will effect print quality 4 2 46 2 Installation Ss 1 Open the Left Upper Cover Assembly 2 Face the left side of the printer 3 Hold the BTR by the end levers Do not touch the sponge roll surface of the BTR eee Grease and dirt on or physical damage to the BTR will effect print quality Figure 4 61 Removal of BTR Assembly mE If BTR Assembly is exchanged be sure to reset the TR Counter See Maintenance Mode on page 46 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 47 Toner Sensor See Xerography and Development Transport Chute Assembly on page 274 4 2 47 1 Removal 1 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 2 Disconnect P J127 from the MCU PWB 3 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 5 Use the flat blade of a screwdriv
220. nel setting one touch mode Panel setting Goes to Not Goes to Escape from the Goes to the next ready status One touch panel setting panel setting and enters to setting mode and goes mode One touch model to On line status setting model Setting menu Goes to select Goes to Menu selection Paper selection type mode select type indicates next Printer mode mode setting menu 2 selection indicates the next setting value Alt setting Invalid Invalid Menu selection Paper selection menu indicates Printer mode previous setting Selection menu 2 indicates the next setting value Item selection Goes to the Goes to the Item selection Paper size previous previous next setting item selection No of setting mode setting mode is displayed Copy selection indicates the next setting values Alt item Invalid Invalid Item selection Paper size selection previous setting selection No of item is Copy selection displayed indicates the previous setting values Value Goes to the Goes to the Displays the next Minification selection previous item previous setting value selection item Tray paper size selection Rev B On line Panel Setting Panel setting Switch ready Not ready mode one touch mode Alt Value Invalid Invalid Displays the Minification selection previous item selection Tray paper size selection
221. ng statuses Non Volatile RAM on the MCU PWB stores adjustable operation parameters such as Fuser temperature and laser strength that are used as reference during printer operation Rev B Chapter 2 Operating Principles Host Computer Interface Cable Network Cable x SS a E va z MCU PWB _ Controller SR1343X Figure 2 38 Control Circuit Board 79 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles AC Driver PWB MCU PWB Heat Rod 1 Toner Sensor CRU Heat Rod 2 ROS I SOS Sensor Size Sensor 1 ROS Motor Registration Sensor Laser Diode No Paper I Sensori 24vDC Level Sensor 1 MSI I Main Motor MSI Size Sensor MSI Fuser Fan No Paper Sensor 1 MSI Feed Feed Clutch Cluteh 7 Registration Clutch Lift Up Motor 1 Fuser Exit Sensor Take Away Roll Sensor Face Up 1 Exit Sensor Main Interlock Full Stack Sensor Exit Gate Feed Clutch 2 Solenoid No Paper Invert CW Sensor 2 Chueh Lever Invert CCW Sensor 2 Clutch Size Sensor 2 Offset Motor Take Away Roll Sensor 2 _ Duplex Module Lift Up Motor 2 Mailbox Left Cover Interlock 2 Finisher ESS Mother PWB Ll Envelope Feeder Control Panel m Cabinet Drive PWB ES
222. ng with the MSI Drive Gear Assembly onto the idler shaft 7 Use an E ring to secure the MSI Link Gear to the idler shaft 8 Reinstall the Rear Hook Bracket to the Feeder Assembly and use one screw to secure the Bracket 9 Reconnect J208 10 Reinstall the MSI Tray Support and use a screw to secure it to the Feeder Assembly 11 Reinstall the MSI Tray Assembly MSI Tray Assembly on page 164 Rev B 171 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 27 MSI Feed Roll 4 2 27 2 Installation See Upper Feeder Assembly on page 267 1 Position the Feed Roll so the metal end of the hole is facing the No Paper Sensor 4 2 27 1 Removal eae CHECK One way clutch is built in the Feed Roll 1 Remove the MSI Tray Assembly MSI Tray Assembly on Fey Be careful for the direction of the clutch when page 164 installing it If this clutch is installed wrong it causes paper feed failure 2 Remove the screw securing the MSI No Paper Sensor Bracket Upper Feeder Assembly on page 267 to the Feeder Assembly and lift the Sensor Bracket out of the way 2 Press down the Retard Pad and slide the MSI Feed Roll onto the Feed Shaft 3 Remove the KL clip securing the MSI Feed Roll to the Feed Shaft and slide the Feed Roll off of the shaft 3 UseaKL clip to secure the Roll to the shaft 4 Reinstall the No Paper Sensor Bracket onto the Feeder Assembly and use one screw to secure i
223. nns 153 Removal sisi insinui eniin tnaa inai a Din Taai 169 Removal unica lin a e nie 153 Installation di cade 171 Installation conca tad ds 153 MSI Feed Roll RT 172 Tray 1 amp 2 Front Chute Assemblies 00 2 eeeceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 155 Removal A 172 Removal ui A iE 155 InstallatiON lt span ito rastro catorce lanar pida 172 istala tom cacon ida 155 MSI Nudger Roll sorcerer e ei a E S E 173 Tray 1 amp Tray 2 Level Sensors cccccceceeeeeeeceeeeeteeeeeaeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeee 156 Removal saninin iN a o 173 Removal ieron etra Ee anA rraren ace dienes a AA KASE RII EEA RAAR ES 156 Installation 173 Installation incean aan rd ae 156 MSI Nudger Roll Assembly cooonccconncccnnncccnnonccnnnoccconcccnann nn nonrccnann cnn 174 Tray1 amp Tray 2 No Paper Sensors ccmmccccconicnnncccconncnnnnnncnnnacanannnnnnncnnns 157 Removal anita eect teed anna a aes eee 174 Removal ui des 157 Installation iii dos 174 InStallati n ti RA ata 157 MSR AG rito iaa 175 Tray 1 8 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensors ccccoocccnnnoccccncncnnnccnnnnaconannnnnnnnccnna 158 Removal iii E 175 IVSTAN ATION in dad tadas 175 MSI Friction GIUTCH noia aida 176 O A 176 Installation aii AS A A AAA dats Madea es 176 MSI No Paper Sensor Assembly donicccccincccnconcconoccccnonananncncnncnnn na nnnnn nor 177 Removal ni 177 WAStAN ATOM 2 rd 177 L H Low Cover Assembly cooicccciccccnnnococoncccnonnncnono conan nn nan cc cnn rca nn 178 ROMOVaL iia amity rascgentgavdvhen E EAE
224. ns gone Rev B 117 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 6 Vertical Streaks Table 3 40 Vertical Streaks OProblem f There are black lines running vertically Step Actions and Questions Yes No along the page 3 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 4 OSUSPECT COMPONENTS Install a new EP Cartridge CRU solved The following components are Are the vertical streaks gone associated with this specific problem 4 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Gotostep5 Replace the One or more of these components may 1 Remove the Rear Cover RRP 1 3 rae bl have failed partially or completely If 2 Generate a Grid Test Print and switch ee you cannot isolate the problem using OFF printer power halfway through the this FIP replace each component listed print cycle below one at a time until the problem 3 Open the Left Upper Cover disappears 4 Open the Drum Shutter 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Norecommendations Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the Table 3 39 Vertical Streaks developed image area on the Drum i before it reached Transfer Before Transfer was the toner image Step Actions and Questions Yes No on the drum normal and without vertical streaks but there are vertical 1 PAPER PATH INSPECTION Go to step 2 Remove streaks on the paper after Transfer Inspect the paper path between feed oo 5 FUSER INSPECTION
225. nsitive printer PWBs from damage Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 1 2 Tools The table below shows the tools recommended for disassembling and assembling Use only tools that meet these specification Table 4 1 Tools Name PNET Ele tia Code Driver No 1 O B743800100 Driver No 2 O B743800500 Driver O B743000100 A pair of tweezers O B641000100 Cutting Pliers O B740400100 4 1 3 Notations in the Manual O Locations such as R or right given in the manual assume you are facing the printer console panel Front SER454FA Figure 4 1 Notations 133 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly O Arrows in an illustration show direction of movement when removing a component O Slashes in a part name indicate that numerous components share the same heading and function For example Gears In Feed Out refers to Gear In Gear Feed and Gear Out Rev B 134 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 Procedures for Disassembling This section describes procedures for disassembling EPL N4000 N4000 Unless specified assembling can be done by reversing the disassembly procedures If you need to disassemble the unit which are not written on the manual refer to the exploded diagrams provided in Appendix MSI Feed Clutch MSI Nudger Roll Assembly MSI Pad MSI Size Sensor Assembly MSI No Paper Sensor
226. nter body and the value is red from the engine side Duplex It is mechanical controller version of the Duplex and the value is red from the engine side Mailbox It is mechanical controller version of the Mailbox and the value is red from the engine side Finisher It is mechanical controller version of the Finisher and the value is red from the engine side Error Log The newest 20 information of control panel message about the generated errors EJL status codes and total printing volume are recorded The indication order starts with the newest occurence The errors which will be recorded are Service Req Error which happened after On Line is indicated Jam Abnormal cassette size Toner cartridge ID error Toner cartridge R W error and MCU Version Up If the error is recorded in the same number of the printing value the new error will not be recorded Rev B EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Table 1 44 Information Control and its Method Name of Count Clear Information Place Range Condition Condition Total Counter Mechanical 100000 When printing Panel Controller times Jam Counter Controller 100000 When Jam EEPROM times occurs Initialization Toner Controller 0 100 When printing When the new cartridge is detected EEPROM Initialization OPC Counter ET Cartridge When printing None Carriage Controller 0 100 times When the new EEPROM C
227. nts in the Is the printed Test Pattern normal Xerographic sections of the printer Rev B 115 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 4 Vertical Band Deletions Table 3 36 Vertical Band Deletions OProblem There are areas of the image that are Step Actions and Questions Yes No extremely light or missing entirely These 3 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 4 missing areas form wide bands that run Install a new EP Cartridge CRU solved vertically along the page in the direction i i 2 of paper travel Are the vertical band deletions gone 4 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Go to step 5 Replace the CISUSPECT COMPONENTS Oe lea 1 Remove the Rear Cover The following components are associated i Assembly ith thi ifi O f 2 Generate a Solid Black Test Print and with this specific problem One or more O switch OFF printer power halfway these components may have failed through the print cycle partially or completely If you cannot 3 Open the Left Upper Cover isolate the problem using this FIP replace 4 Open the Drum Shutter each component listed below one at a 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the time until the problem disappears Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the No recommendations developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Table 3 35 Vertical Band Deletions Before Transfer was the toner ima
228. o Other Options Multibin Multibin is added to Other Options Finisher Finisher Stapler is added to Other Options HDD Hard Disk XGB is added to Other Options NLSP Font ROM The option product name is added to Other Options Font Macro ROM The option product name is added to Other Options O When Adobe PS 3 kit is installed Adobe PS 3 kit Menu Error Sheet is added to Default Settings Adobe PostScript3 is added to Installed Emulation Version of Adobe PS 3 kit is added to Firmware Revision NOTE For EPL N4000 Finisher and HDD cannot be installed 1 4 2 Panel Setting Mode Here explains panel setting mode which sets various function of the printer 1 4 2 1 One Touch Setting Mode By pressing Select Type ALT switch on the control panel the printer enters to the one touch setting mode1 then goes to the one touch set ting mode 2 Setting items at each setting mode are mentioned below Table 1 27 One touch setting modes Mode Switch Setting Menu Setting Item Setting Value Enter One touch Paper source Page size Minification Orientation setting model One touch Printer mode Copies MP tray size Duplex setting mode2 26 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 4 2 2 List of Setting Items NOTE 1 The order of items appearing on the Test Menu varies The following is a list of th
229. oduct Description Table 1 35 Printer Setting Table 1 34 Printer Setting Value GL2 Menu GL Mode GLlike LJ4GL2 Scale Off AO A1 A2 A3 Origin Corner Center Pen Pend Peni Pen2 Pen3 Pen4 1 Pen5 Pen End Butt Square Triangular Round Join Mitered Miteredbeveled Triangular Round Beveled None Peno 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Pent 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Pen2 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Pen3 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Pen4 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Pens 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Peng 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Adobe PS 3 Error Sheet Off On kit Menu ESCP2 Menu Font Courier Prestige Roman Sans serif Roman T Orator S Sans H Script OCR A OCR B Pitch 10cpi 12cpi 15cpi Prop Condensed off On T Margin 0 40 0 50 1 50 inch step 0 05 inch Text 1 62 3 66 available Max 99 Lines CGTable PcUSA Italic PcMultiln PcPortugue PcCanFrenc PcNordic PcTurkish2 PCE Europe BpBRASCII BpAbicomp PcS1437 5 PcTurkish1 Pclcelandic 8859 9 ISO Mazowia CodeMJK PcGk437 5 PcGk851 5 PcGk869 5 8859 7 ISO PcCy855 PcCy866 Bulgarian PcUkr8665 Hebrew7 Hebrew8 gt PcAr864 5 PcHe862 5 Country USA France Germany UK Denmark Sweden Italy Spain1 Japan Norway Denmark2 Spain2 LatinAmeric Korea Rev B ESCP2 Menu Auto CR Auto LF Bit Image e ZeroChar On Off Off On Dark Light
230. on and numbered substeps you must follow to perform the action 3 The action is followed by a question 4 If your response to the question is Yes then follow the instructions for a Yes reply 5 If your response to the question is No then follow the instructions for a No reply 6 FIPs often ask you to take voltage readings at certain test points within the printer Refer to Appendix for signal information if necessary 7 FIPs often ask you to replace a printer component Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly provides you detailed steps for removing and replacing all major parts of the printer 3 1 2 3 General Notes on Using FIPs 1 If you are unable to fix a problem using the FIPS we recommend that you replace the printer controller 2 FIPs frequently use new or known good components as troubleshooting tools We recommend you carry a spare Print Cartridge EP Cartridge Fuser Assembly MCU PWB ESS PWB and LVPS PWB Rev B FIPs assume there is no malfunction in the printer controller ESS Unless indicated otherwise the instruction switch ON main power means for you to switch ON printer power and let the printer proceed through power on diagnostics and warm up until it is on line and ready to print Conventions used to represent connectors P J XX means a Plug and its corresponding Jack are connected PXX means a Plug is disconnected Unless this plug is soldered to a PWB JXX mean
231. ormed automati various checking first cally or manually The printer goes to the On line ready condition after initialization process is completed successfully m Processing e Initialization of engine e Initialization of ROM EEPROM DRAM e Initialization and checking of peripheral devices e Initialization of memory O Reset Process This initialization process performs only the active interface the data received by other interface is stored This initialization is used when the copies are canceled or the printing invalid data is halted E Operation Press Continue switch pressing the Alt switch m Processing e Cancel the print request e Cancel the buffered data from the current port before the initialization e Canceling the error O Warm boot processing This initialization process stops printing for all interfaces and perform initialization until right after the power is turned on but does not perform various checks Operation While pressing ALT switch press Continue switch until Reset All is indicated at LCD m Processing e Initialization of Memory e Clear the received buffer of all interfaces Rev B 51 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 1 Mechanical Drive 2 1 2 Mechanical Drive Component EPL N4000 N4000 is made up of 4 major components 2 1 1 Overview 1 Offset Motor Mechanical Drive is a term that is used to describe both the rotation of A
232. ot present Low Pape present SOL GATE Controls Gate Solenoid High Face Down output Low Face Up output CL ICCW Controls Inverter CCW Clutch High Off Low On CLS ICW Controls Inverter CW Clutch High Off Low On OMOT FWD Controls forward motion of the Offset Motor High On Low Off OMOT REV Controls reverse motion of the Offset motor High On Low 0ff SNR STK Monitors the Full Stack Sensor High Tray full Low Tray not full 247 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix J405 P J612 J800 P800 Table 7 18 Signal Name 4 OPT TX BLU_A 6 1 1 3 ARN BLU A 5 2 2 Signal Name Description 9 7 SRI ET BLU Akcja 4 4 OPT TX Status of Finisher or Mailbox sent to MCU High Mark wn 9 gt 2 5 5 5 1 5 ENSREDET BLU A 1 6 6 2 Low No mark D z gt A 124V oRN B S 5 A OPT RX Status of MCU sent to the Finisher or Mailbox pi 5VRTN vio B ae i lt EY GRY B To High Mark Low No mark le ma E 23 11 MBS DET Monitors presence of Mailbox High Mailbox not j i installed Low Mailbox installed FSNR DET Monitors presence of Finisher High Finisher not installed Low Finisher installed P612 P J830 1 A 1 2 jA 2 3 A 3 4 4 a 5m 5 m 6 5 6 v 1 7 zZ 2 8 L 3 B 9 4 B 10 5 B 11 6 12 FINISHER SER611FA F
233. ounting Direction O Supported paper size Width 100 to 297 mm Mounting Direction Length 139 7 to 431 8 mm Paper Size O Paper Feed Standard Only one side for each size and each Normal A3 297x420 Pa Pb P P E os paper feeding Paper A4 210 x 297 L L L L L O O Paper Eject A5 148 x 210 L L B4 257 x 364 P P P O Table 1 8 Paper Eject Volume B5 182 x 257 L L L L L O olume B LD 279 4 x P P P O aper Eje pe de Paper size Type 431 8 Face down 500 All size type and Normal Paper LG 215 9x P P P P O Custom size 60 90 355 6 Face down Normal Paper Normal Paper GLG 215 9 x P P P P O Offset Refer to Table1 7 60 90 330 2 Paper Size and Thick Paper LT 215 9 x L L L L L O Mounting 90 190 279 4 Direction Normal GLT 215 9x L S a a a O Face up 200 Same as Face up Paper 266 7 Mailbox 100 sheet x each Normal Paper Normal Paper EXE 184 1 x L L L L L O 10 mail box Refer to Table1 7 60 90 266 7 Paper Size and HLT 139 7 x L L Mounting 215 9 Direction F4 210 x 330 P O Special OHP A4 LT L L L L L m Note a Standard function for the face down Paper Label A4 LT L L L L L z Offset volume Approx 20mm Note a L Long edge first setting b P Short edge first setting c Not available d O Available Rev B 11 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description O Guaranteed print area 1 3 4 Electrical Specification E Printable area O Power Consumption prin
234. ove the screw that secures a ground strap at the bottom left of Ground wire the Main Drive Assembly 14 Lift the Exit Gear out of the way and pull the Main Drive Assembly O straight back and out of the printer frame If you are having difficulty removing the Main Drive Assembly check to make sure there are no wire harness in the way the Registration Clutch location J205 notch in not in the way and that the drive pin on the Drive Assembly is in the center of the cutout in the printer frame Ground wire with resistor Ground strap e SER338XB Figure 4 78 Removal of Main Motor PWB Rev B 212 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 62 2 Installation 1 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 3 Push all of the wire harnesses out of the way 4 Rotate the Registration Clutch and the Feed Clutch so the location notches are not in the way of Main Drive installation 5 Lift the Exit Gear out of the way and slide the drive pin at the back of the Main Drive Assembly into the large opening in the printer frame 6 Make sure there are no wire harnesses trapped between the Drive Assembly and the printer frame 7 Reach around through the open Left Upper Cover and take hold of the drive pin Center the pin in the printer frame opening while you push the Drive Assembly against the frame 8 Use one screw to secure the ground strap at the bottom left of the Main Dri
235. pe LC1 to LC5 Type are Trnsprncy and Prepunched the settings will be set on the engine side m lf the setting is Label the engine is informed of cardboard for temperature control TBD TRAY MENU MP MODE E When trays are not specified by command EJL PJL etc MP Tray s paper feed selection is prioritized If the setting is Normal factory default setting MP Tray s paper feed selection is given the highest priority the same as the existing machine If the setting is Last MP Tray s paper feed selection is given the lowest priority Normal MP Tray gt LC1 gt Last LC1 gt LC2 gt gt MP Tray m This setting becomes valid after a warm boot Rev B 1 4 2 4 Printing Menu PRINTING MENU OUT BIN Out Bin items which can be selected in accordance with the settings of Face up Enable Multibin and Finisher in the Set Up Menu are as follows Table 1 39 Not installed Face up Off Face down Face Face Face Face down Enable down down down Stacker Mailbox1 Sorter Sorter 10 On Face down Face Face Face Face down Face up down down down Face up Face up Face up Face up Stacker Mailbox1 Sorter Sorter 10 Table 1 40 Not installed Face down Face up Enable Face down Stacker On Face down Face up Face down Face up Stacker If Stacker is selected when the Multibin setting is Stac
236. priate Feed Rolls The Main Drive Assembly gears transmit the motor drive to the Registration Clutch At a specific point in each print cycle the MCU PWB actuates the Registration Clutch which in turn transmits drive to the Registration Roll Rev B The Main Drive Assembly gears transmit the motor drive to the Fuser Drive Gear When the Left Upper Cover is closed the DTS Link Rod pushes the Fuser Drive Assembly into contact with the Fuser Drive Gear which transmits drive to the Fuser Rolls The Main Drive Assembly gears transmit the motor drive to the Drum When the Main Motor is on the Drum rotates When the Left Upper Cover is closed the BTR gear contacts the Drum gear which in turn rotates the BTR The Main Drive Assembly gears transmit the motor drive to the Exit Drive which transmits drive to the two Inverter Clutches At a specific point in each print cycle the MCU PWB actuates either the CW Clutch or the CCW Clutch which drive the Exit Roll and the Offset Roll 54 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 2 1 2 3 Lift Up Motor 1 and Lift Up Motor 2 When a Paper Tray is installed in the printer the MCU PWB switches on the Lift Up Motor Each tray has a square metal shaft running along one side of the tray Attached to the shaft is an L shaped metal tongue 1 When the tray is inserted into the paper feeder a pin at the end of the shaft engages the Lift Up Motor gear 2 When the MCU detects that the tray is inserted MCU
237. r Solenoid and Other Components 86 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 Controller The video data from the host computer is input to the controller circuit through either interface circuit or network board C262 Main Board which is the control circuit of this printer generates video signal by converting the data based on the printing data from the host computer into the laster data Laster data is sent to Laser Diode PWB as video signal On the Laser Diode PWB the emission light of Laser Diode is turned on or off by the video signal 2 7 2 1 Functions of the Controller O Communication between the host computer and network O Processing the Printing Data Analyzing the command and generating video signal Sending the video signal to ROS Assembly Monitoring the control panel Memory Management OoOda 0 Data Buffer Rev B 2 7 2 2 Specification on the Controller The table below shows specifications on the controller Table 2 1 Specification on the Controller Type Name Location Function CPU R4700 IC1 CPU controls the controller and is driven by 64 bit interior clock 133 MHZ ASIC E05B51 IC2 Memory control and DMA control E05B52 IC23 Connecting E05B51 and E05B40 E05B40 IC26 Control Panel Host l F control E05B56 IC32 PGI RIT Engine I F Toner Counter Memory Mask ROM IC10 IPL Font 11 Flash ROM CN4 7 ROM D
238. r is very heavy and requires two people to lift it Do not attempt to lift the printer by yourself 8 Set the printer onto Tray 2 9 Reinstall Tray 1 Lift Motor Tray 1 Lift Up Motor on page 144 10 Reinstall the retaining clip that is located under the Option Connector Bracket and use one screw to secure the clip 148 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 11 Reinstall the Option Connector Bracket to the frame and use one screw to secure the Bracket 12 Reconnect P403 P404 P406 and P408 to the MCU PWB 13 Reinstall the docking clip to Tray 2 and use one screw to secure the clip 14 Reinstall the docking stud located at the lower right of the Tray and use a retaining clip to secure the stud 15 Reinstall the MSI Support Assembly MSI Support Assembly on page 166 16 Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 17 Reinstall the Left Upper Cover Assembly 18 Reinstall Tray 1 and Tray 2 19 Reinstall the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 20 Reinstall the Duplex Unit if one was installed Rev B 149 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 11 Tray 1 Feeder Assembly See Paper Pick Up Tray 1 on page 259 Take care not to break or dislodge the No Paper Actuator when removing or replacing the Tray1 Feeder Assembly 4 2 11 1 Removal 1 Tray 1
239. r open Low Cover closed SNR DEXIT Monitors paper at the Duplex Exit Sensor High Paper present Low Paper not present SNR DWAIT Monitors paper at the Duplex Wait Sensor High Paper present Low Paper not present P1404 DET bul B PHS e P Ja73 SOL DGATE Switches the Duplex Exit Gate Solenoid High Off T SBK mB de Low On 5V GRY gt B 6 3 B 13 z a SVRIN MO Biejs 4m8 12 A A B B Pulse signals sent by the Duplex PWB to rotate the x F 24VRTN VIO B a E B i Duplex Motor EU 14 INV SW BLU B 2 7 B 7 Y 16 DREGI BLU B 1 8 B 6 3 sams A n i 5VRTN VIO A cle 3 A 9 lt x OPT TX BLU A 5 4 A 8 a A A gt t Kla s LI al ha 2 cuticcw BLu ATS A 15 CL ICW BLU A 1 8 A 3 DDM PWBA SER612XC Figure 7 21 Duplex PWB MCU PWB Rev B 249 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 20 Signal Name Signal Name Description SNR SIZE2 Analog signal from the Tray 2 Size Sensor Voltage levels OVDC 5VDC i eniin SNR NOP2 Monitors level of paper in Tray 2 High No paper 15A 5VRTN vo 73m present Low Paper present 2 AED EL e 2 m e I 3 1m SNR TAROL2 Monitors paper between Tray 2 and Tray 3 High Paper ap
240. r Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 F5230 F5231 SSH344F Figure 4 85 Removal of Left Cover Interlock Switch 219 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 69 MCU Machine Control Unit PWB P457 ep P458 See HVPS and MCU PWB on page 284 P460 4 2 69 1 Removal P454 1 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on P127 page 140 P462 2 Disconnect the seventeen P Js that are connected to the MCU P401 PWB P461 3 Remove the four screws securing the MCU Bracket to the printer frame and remove the Bracket and the attached MCU PWB En P403 4 Remove the six screws securing the MCU Cover to the MCU Bracket and remove the Cover Z P406 v a Wear an electrostatic wrist strap and use caution i when working with the MCU PWB Static electricity P405 can damage the sensitive electronics of the MCU lie Handle the MCU PWB by the edges of the PWB or by P404 the plastic connectors mounted on the board Never SER345FA touch any of the ICs that are mounted on the PWB Figure 4 86 Removal of MCU PWB 5 Place the Bracket and MCU on a flat non conductive surface 6 Remove the four screws securing the MCU PWB to the MCU Bracket 7 Hold on to one of the plastic connectors mounted on the PWB and lift the MCU off of the Bracket Rev B 220 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly
241. r Tray 2 3 Reinstall the Paper Tray 2 Use a flat blade screwdriver to unhook the front of the Chute and remove the Chute SSH464F Figure 4 23 Removal of Front Chute Rev B 155 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 15 Tray 1 amp Tray 2 Level Sensors See Tray Interface Tray 1 on page 258 and Tray Interface Tray 2 on page 261 Use this procedure for removing and replacing the Paper Level Sensors for Trays 1 and 2 4 2 15 1 Removal 1 Remove the Paper Tray associated with the Paper Level Sensor you are going to remove Squeeze the Sensor latches and remove the Paper Level Sensor from the frame Disconnect the P J from the Sensor 4 2 15 2 Installation 1 Reconnect the P J to the Sensor 2 Position the Sensor with the arms of the Sensor facing the Feed Assembly Actuator 3 Reinstall the Paper Level Sensor into the slot in the frame by first inserting the front latch of the Sensor through the front opening in the frame 4 Press in on the rear latch and inserting it into the rear opening 5 Release the rear latch and the Sensor snaps into place 6 Release the Actuator and make sure it moves freely between the arms of the Sensor 7 Reconnect the P J to the Sensor Rev B 8 Reinstall the Paper Tray 4100 Tray1 4141 Tray2 SSH463F Figure 4 24 Removal of Level Sensor 156 EPSON EPL N4000 E
242. re if several errors are detected Paper Set ssss ttt Error Insert Imaging Crtg and A Cover Open appears regardless of the Print Oversun Error Cover A condition Mem Overflow Error Rev B 95 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 2 1 Printer Message O MCU version up Error Not opened information m Explanation This error appears when there is no recognizable character lines of EPSON at the Machine Controller side at turning the power on m Remedy Only Continue switch is effective to cancel the error Press Continue switch when you version up only MCU Machine Controller After writing the fixed information of the engine which is stored in the controller and recognizable character lines of EPSON into the Machine Controller the printer warmboots automatically The fixed information of the engine to write is the value which is red from the Machine Controller and stored when the printer is activated normally last time When both or either Controller or Machine Controller is replaced with new one perform Initialization of EEPROM See Chapter1 Product Description O XErrorr yyy Error Explanation This error appears when any troubles happen at the Paper Feed or Eject Exit devices m Remedy Turn off the printer once and check the connection of the errored devices and turn on the power again If this does not recover the error there is a poss
243. re 4 18 Removal of Tray1 Take Away Roll Assembly 15 Remove the Support Assembly Spring Support Assembly Spring on page 152 16 Remove Tray 1 Feed Clutch along with the Gear and Bearing Tray 1 Feed Clutch on page 145 17 Remove the four screws securing Tray 1 Take Away Roll Assembly to the rear of the frame 18 Remove the two screws securing Tray 1 Take Away Roll Assembly to the front of the frame 19 Locate the two plastic mounting pins located at each end of the Assembly that secure the top of the Assembly to the bottom of the printer frame 20 Press the two plastic mounting pins out of the mounting holes and pull Tray 1 Take Away Assembly away from the printer Rev B 4 2 10 2 Installation 1 Reinstall Tray 1 Take Away Roll Assembly onto the bottom of the printer frame 2 Align the two plastic mounting pins located on the top of the Assembly with the two mounting holes located in the bottom of the printer frame 3 Press the Assembly into the frame so the mounting pins snap into the holes 4 Use two screws to secure the front of the Assembly to the printer frame 5 Use four screws to secure the rear of the Assembly to the printer frame 6 Reinstall Tray 1 Feed Clutch along with the Gear and Bearing Tray 1 Feed Clutch on page 145 7 Reinstall the Support Assembly Spring Support Assembly Spring on page 152 The following steps has you lift the printer The printe
244. re moderate and stable 7 ls the printer located in an area that is free of dust 8 Is the printer located in an area away from water outlets steamers electric heaters volatile gases or open flames 9 Is the printer shielded from the direct rays of the sun 10 Does the printer have recommended space around all sides for proper ventilation 11 Is the printer sitting on a level and stable surface 12 Is recommended paper stock being used in the printer 13 Does the customer use the printer as instructed in the User Manual Rev B 110 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 1 Light Undertoned Prints Table 3 28 Light Prints OProblem The overall image density is too light Step Actions and Questions Yes No The image may also be unfused due to 3 IMAGE DEVELOPMENT INSPEC Go to step4 Replace the insufficient image density TION HVPS OSUSPECT COMPONENTS 1 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly 2 Generate a Grid Test Print and switch The following componnnis are OFF printer power halfway through the associated with this specific problem print cycle One or more of these components may 3 Open the Left Upper Cover have failed partially or completely If 4 Open the Drum Shutter you cannot isolate the problem using 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the this FIP replace each component Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the list
245. ric Strength Insulation shall not break down when the following voltage is applied between primary circuit and chassis for 1 minute Table 1 10 Dielectric strength Primary Chassis Primary Secondary 1 3 5 Reliability Durability and Maintainability O MPBF 400 000 pages one side printing O Print Volume Maximum 150 000 pages month Average 25 000 pages month Table 1 11 Paper Feed Reliability anqara Average ofa andaro Average Ol a 100 120V AC1000V AC2000V 200 V Series AC1500V AC3000V O Leakage Current 120V 3 5mAorless 200V series 3 5 mA or less MP Tray 1 200 1 100 1 100 TBD Cassette1 2 1 5000 1 2500 1 5000 1 2500 High capacity 1 5000 1 2500 1 5000 1 2500 feeder Cassette NOTE a These figures are measured assuming normal paper is used This measurement does not apply when boundary face is generated Boundary face is generated when the additional paper is added to paper already set Rev B O Printing position reliability Table 1 12 Printing position One side printing duplex printing MP Tray Main Scan direction 2 0mm 2 4mm 2 9mm Sub scan direction 1 5mm 1 9mm 2 1mm O Skew See the figure on next page Table 1 13 Skew 2 0mm 2 4mm One side printing duplex printing MP Tray Main scan direction c d 2 9mm Sub scan direction a b 1 5mm 1 9mm 2 1mm NOTE T
246. ring and connectors linking the components ESS PWB Yes CONTROL PANEL TEST 1 Remove the Control Panel from the Top Cover 2 Connect the Control Panel to P 410 on the MCU PWB Go to step 2 Go to step 3 C262 MAIN REPLACEMENT Replace the C262 Main Controller Board CONTROLLER Is the problem still present Replace the MCU PWB See Chapter 4 Problem solved 104 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 17 Inoperative Control Panel 3 3 4 Inoperative Main Drive Assembly The Main Drive Assembly does not function Step Actions and Questions Yes No LVPS 5VDC CHECK Measure the voltage between J400 7 and FG and between J400 8 and FG on the MCU PWB Is there 5VDC between J400 7 and FG and is there 5VDC between J400 8 and FG Replace the Control Panel Replace the LVPS Assembly Rev B Step Table 3 18 Inoperative Main Drive Assembly Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears No recommendations Yes MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY TEST Does the Main Motor run and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate normally Replace the MCU PWB
247. rinter Message Finisher 2 Full Error Insert Imaging Crtg 2 Error Duplex Mem Overflow Error Image Crtg ID Error Error Invalid ROM B Error Image Crtg R W Error Error Write Error ROM P Error A Cover open Sioi Reset to Save Status DM Cover Open Error Writing ROM P Status B Cover open Enon e panel setting Warning s aia al ai Collate was disabled Warning EiCaveronel Error Image Optimum Warning E Error Check Paper Type Warning G Cover gen Error Staple Limit Warning EE Error Stapler Align Warning Set MP Tray Error Outbin Select Error Warning Set ENV Tray Error Need Memory Warning z Format Feed Indication during the Status Finisher is removed Error test printing Manual Feed ssss ttt Error Warming Up Status Invalid Size LC1 Error Toner Low Warning Invalid Size LC2 Error Office Status Invalid Size LC3 Error Standby Status Invalid Size LC4 Error Ready Status Invalid Size LC5 Error Turn Paper LC1 Error Note 1 In case the paper jam occurs at several locations indications Turn Papger LC2 Error appears at priority order A B C DM D MP ENV LC1 LC5 E F Turn Papger LC3 Error G H Maximum 4 locations are indicated Can t print Duplex Error Paper Out ssss ttt Error Note 2 If the toner cartridge is not installed A Cover Open also Toner Oui Error appears simultanenously Therefi
248. rior view of the control panel Paper Source Paper Size Manual Feed Orientation Toner Save RiTech Copies MP Tray Size Mod Menu Item Value Enter Select Type A A A A d On Line Form Feed Continue Reset ALT Figure 1 8 Control Panel LCD DISPLAY O Specification 20 characters in one row 5x7 dot matrix O Function Usually LCD display displays printer condition In case of panel setting mode setting is performed by the indication LED LIGHTS O On Line LED green On Printer is ready for printing Off Printer is not ready O Data yellow On Received data is not printed out and still left in the printer But if the received data except effective printing data is left LED does not turn on Rev B Off No effective received data is left in the printer But if the control code is not ended LED is still On Blinking Processing the data O Error rea Error happens and it can be canceled by Continue switch O One Touch Setting Mode 1 LED green On indicates that One Touch setting mode 1 is selected 4 items can be set Paper Source Selection Paper size Manual Feed and Orientation O One Touch Setting Mode 2 LED green On indicates that One Touch setting mode 2 is
249. rive gear and shaft fit through the corresponding opening in the Exit Drive Assembly Press the Exit Drive Assembly onto the Offset Unit slightly repositioning the Assembly so the positioning pin on the upper right side of the Offset Unit fits through the corresponding hole in the Exit Drive Assembly Make sure you do not trap any wire harnesses between the Exit Drive Assembly and the Offset Unit Assembly Use three screws to secure the Exit Drive Assembly to the Offset Unit Assembly Reinstall the Offset Unit Assembly Offset Exit Assembly on page 200 201 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 53 Exit Gate Solenoid 4 2 53 2 Installation See Exit Lower Chute on page 277 1 Position the Exit Gate Solenoid so the wire harness faces up 2 Reinstall the Solenoid onto the Offset Assembly making sure the 4 2 53 1 Removal crossbar of the solenoid plunger latches onto the Solenoid Link 1 Remove the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 138 3 Use two screws to secure the Solenoid to the Assembly 2 Disconnect J210 from the Exit Gate Solenoid A Reconnect J210 3 Remove the wire harness from the harness clips 5 Secure the wire harness to the harness clips 4 Remove the two screws securing the Exit Gate Solenoid to the 6 Reinstall the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 138 Offset Assembly and remove the Solenoid pag SSH491F Figure
250. rizontal streaks gone Go to step 2 solved Rev B Step Table 3 42 Horizontal Streaks Actions and Questions Yes No IMAGE DEVELOPMENT INSPEC TION 1 Remove the Rear Cover 2 Generate a Blank Test Print and switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle 3 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 Open the Drum Shutter Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Is the image on the drum completely white without any horizontal streaks visible Go to step 3 al Replace the ROS Assembly IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Inspect the Blank Test Print you generated in step 2 Are horizontal streaks visible on the paper after Transfer Replace the BTR Assembly Go to step 4 FUSER INSPECTION 1 Generate another Blank Test Print and switch OFF printer power when the print is halfway through the Fuser 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 3 Examine the paper areas before the image enters the Fuser and after the image exits the Fuser Is the image on the paper normal before it enters the Fuser but there are horizontal streaks visible when it exits the Fuser Replace the Fuser Assembly Go to step 5 119 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 43 Horizontal Streaks Step Actions and Questions Ye
251. rocedures RRPs to replace a part Use the Parts List to locate a part inventory number Final Checkout Test the printer to be sure you corrected the initial problem and there are no additional problems present Rev B 3 1 2 FIP Flowchart If you used the Service Flowchart it should have directed you to this section Follow the FIP Flowchart located at the end of this section to analyze your printer problem 3 1 2 1 How to use the FIP Flowchart 1 Ifthe LCD displays an error code go to the ERROR CODE box 2 If you have a printer operation problem go to the PRINTER PERFORMANCE box 3 If you have an print image problem go to the IMAGE QUALITY box 4 Follow the arrow leading from your problem box to the individual Primary FIP Fault Isolation Procedure that corresponds to your error code printer operation problem or print image problem 5 Follow the instructions presented in the FIP 6 Voltage and resistance values presented in the FIPs are an approximation Actual readings may vary from the stated values 7 Primary FIPs may direct you to a Secondary FIP In the FIP Flowchart the relationship between Primary and Secondary FIPs is represented with dotted lines 91 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 1 2 2 How to follow a FIP 1 Each numbered step in a FIP instructs you to perform a certain action or procedure 2 The action box may contain additional informati
252. roduct DESIGNED FOR TYPE B OPTION LEVEL3 MODIFIED PANEL SETTING O D4 was added to MAIN System Type of Type B I F pe RAS yP yP The following panel setting items other than the above were modified O The followi he Panel Setting items grooming were caved oer rt O The order of Test Menu was changed m AUX Status Sheet to Test Men j E i O It was designed that Binding would also appear in the Printing Menu EH AUX Config to Aux Menu when the finisher was installed Get IP address to Aux Menu CO MP Mode was added to the Tray Menu m P Byte to Aux Menu O Setup Menu Auto Eject Page m SM Byte to Aux Menu O LANG SUOMI in the Setup Menu was changed to KIELI SUOMI EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description Setup Menu Stacker Page Count in the Setup Menu was changed to Total Pages Network Config was added to the Network Menu q Oda dO DHCP a choice of Get IP Address in the Network Menu was changed to Auto O Default values of IP Address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway in the Network Menu were changed O The Support Menu was added O Total Counter Clear was moved after Fuser Counter Clear in the Maintenance Menu MODIFIED APPLE TALK ENTITY TYPE If Emulation is fixed for a certain language the language s Entity Type and EPSONPAGE4 are returned EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 3 Basic Specification 1 3 1 Controller Speci
253. roubleshooting Table 3 33 Black Prints Actions and Questions Yes No EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Install a new EP Cartridge Is there a normal image on the paper Problem solved Go to step 4 IMAGE DEVELOPMENT INSPEC TION 1 Remove the Rear Cover 2 Generate a Grid Test Print and switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle 3 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 Open the Drum Shutter Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Is the image on the drum completely developed with sharp black easily read areas and clear white areas al Replace the BTR Assembly Go to step 5 MAIN CONTROLLER C262MAIN BOARD REPLACEMET 1 Replace the Main Controller Board C262 Main 2 Generate a Grid Test Print Is the printed Test Pattern normal Problem solved Go to step 6 114 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 34 Black Prints Step Actions and Questions Yes No 6 MCU PWB REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 7 1 Replace the MCU PWB solved 2 Generate a Grid Test Print Is the printed Test Pattern normal 7 ROS REPLACEMENT Problem Refer to the 1 Replace the ROS Assembly solved ie 2 Generate a Grid Test Print agrams Section 14 and check for a broken wire or loose connection between compone
254. s IS 36pin 1 0 bus 25 2 5 IrDA s EE us8 60pin i Deby F 7 pat L 2 30pin Ean ch201 8KB Figure 2 47 Block Diagram of C262 Main Board Rev B 88 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 1 Troubleshooting 3 1 1 Service Flowchart To use the Service Flowchart start at Block 1 to identify the problem After you have identified the problem return to the Service Flowchart and proceed to Block 2 where you inspect and clean the printer a through cleaning frequently solves many printer problems You continue down the Flowchart in this manner always returning to the next block in the Service Flowchart after you have completed the tasks outlined in the current block If you choose not to use the Service Flowchart we recommend that you start at the appropriate Fault Isolation Procedure FIP Flowchart and proceed from there In many cases merely replacing the Print Cartridge with a new one could solve the printer problem Rev B Table 3 1 Service Flowchart Block Procedure 1 e Identify the problem 1 Vertify that the reported problem does exit 2 Check for any error codes or messages 3 Print three test prints 4 Make note of any print quality problems in the test prints 5 Make note of any mechanical or electrical abnormalities present 6 Make note of any unusual noise or smell coming from the printer 2 e Inspect and Clean the printer 1 Switch Off printer power 2 Disconnec
255. s No 5 C262 MAIN CONTROLLER Problem Go to step 6 REPLACEMENT solved Replace the C262 Main Board Are the horizontal streaks gone 6 HVPS REPLACEMENT Problem Go to Replace the HVPS Assembly solved Suspect Components Are the horizontal streaks gone Rev B 120 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 8 Spot Deletions Table 3 45 Spot Deletions OProblem 7 7 There are areas of the image that Step Actions and Questions Yes No are extremely light or missing 3 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Replace the Go to step 4 entirely These missing areas form BTR h lized i 1 Remove the Rear Cover A bl spots that are localized to sma 2 Generate a Black Test Print and PSR areas of the page switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle OSUSPECT COMPONENTS 3 Open the Left Upper Cover The following components are 4 Open the Drum Shutter associated with this specific 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the problem One or more of these Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum components may have failed far enough so you can see the y developed image area on the Drum partially or completely If you cannot before if reached Transtar isolate the problem using this FIP Before Transfer was the toner image replace each component listed on the drum normal and without spot below one at atime until the deletions but there are spot deletions problem dis
256. s a Jack is disconnected Unless this jack is soldered to a PWB When you are instructed to take a voltage reading between P J A B and P J X Y place the red probe of your meter on pin B of P J A and place the black probe of your meter on pin Y of P J X When you are instructed to take voltage readings between P J X and P J Y without specified pin numbers check all voltage carrying pins Refer to the Wiring Diagrams for signals and pin numbers When you are instructed to take a voltage reading the black probe is generally connected to a pin that is either RTN Return or SG Signal Ground You can substitute any RTN pin or test point in the printer and you can use FG Frame Ground in place of any SG pin or test point Unless a FIP instructs you otherwise before measuring voltages make sure the printer is switched ON the Print Cartridge and the Paper Cassette are installed and the Main Interlock Switch is actuated 92 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 9 10 11 All voltage values given in the FIPs are approximate values Actual measured voltages may vary more than 25 from the values stated in the FIPs The main purpose of most voltage readings taken in the FIPs is to determine whether or not a component is receiving the correct HIGH voltage value from the power supply and if gating a voltage drop occurs during component actuation Gating signals may be nothing more than a pulse r
257. s added to the printer messages E Invalid Adobe PS 3 kit MODIFIED ESC PAGE O The following were added to the panel setting items NH PGI was added to ESC Page Menu m ESC Page was added to IES O The following commands were added m Job clear GS pcO EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description graphics relative position coordinate mode 2 GS 2 sarG GW Byte to Aux Menu E GS command encode GS n1 n2ecE GSn1 n2ec E NH NetWare to Aux Menu stretch raster image compression 5 GS n1 to n6 srl Apple Talk to Aux Menu E noPGI mode in gray color space E NetBEUI to Aux Menu MODIFIED ESCP2 FX E AUX Init to Aux Menu O The emulation target was designed for Euro ADDED NETWORK PROTOCOL O ENPC EPSON Network Peripheral Control Protocol protocol was RECEIVE DATA SPOOLING ELECTRONIC SORTING AND PS added to the built in network FONT DOWNLOADING WERE ADDED FOR USE OF HDD O Epson Net Web Manager WinAssist and MacAssist were added to the utilities packed with the product O The following were added to the panel setting items Support Menu HDD Format m Support Menu Adobe PS 3 kit HDD Init DESIGNED FOR PANEL SETTING BY WEB O The following were added to the printer messages O All panel setting items were designed for setting from Web EPSONNet WebAssist m Invalid HDD O EPSON Remote Control Panel was deleted from the utilities packed E Adobe PS 3 kit Hard Disk full with the p
258. s an operating or maintenance procedure practice Describes the step by step procedures for fr or condition that if not strictly observed could result in disassembling and assembling the product damage to or destruction of equipment CHAPTER 5 ADJUSTMENTS er l Provides Epson approved methods for adjustment CHECK way molestie a Spare mno AS ena CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE practice or condition that is necessary to accomplish a task efficiently lt may also provide additional information that is related to a specific subject or comment on the results achieved through a previous action Provides preventive maintenance procedures and the lists of Epson approved lubricants and adhesives required for servicing the product APPENDIX Provides the following additional information for reference e Connector pin assignments e Electric circuit boards components layout e Exploded diagram e Electrical circuit boards schematics Safety Information To prevent accidents during a maintenance procedure strictly observe the Warnings and Cautions Do not do anything that is dangerous or not within the scope of this document Do not do anything that is dangerous even if not specifically described in this manual In addition to the descriptions below and those given in this manual there are many situations and circumstances that are dangerous Be aware of these when you are working with the printer Safety Precautions POWER SUPPLY AND ELECTRICAL
259. s how many times staple after performing Staple Counter Clear at the maintenance menu O Print E 3 The printing volume whose printing occupancy is less than 3 and the value is counted at the controller side Rev B 30 The printing volume whose printing occupancy duty exceeds 3 and the value is counted at the controller side Over 30 The printing volume whose printing occupancy duty exceeds 3 and the value is counted at the controller side A3 B The printing volume of A3 or B size and the value is counted at the controller side A4 LT The printing volume of A4 or LT size and the value is counted at the controller side A5 HLT The printing volume of A5 or HLT size and the value is counted at the controller side B4 LGL The printing volume of B4 or LGL size and the value is counted at the controller side B5 EXE The printing volume of B5 or EXE size and the value is counted at the controller side Envelope The printing volume of MON C10 DL or C5 size and the value is counted at the controller side Post Card The printing volume of the post card and the value is counted at the controller side 48 Custom The printing volume of no fixed size and the value is counted at the controller side Since the frequently used paper size or troublesome paper size have priority GLG GLT and F4 are not counted It is the printing value by the requested size MCU It is mechanical controller version of the pri
260. s standard with a Type B option interface slot When emulation is Auto Adobe PS 3 kit not started AUTO Emulation Type 1 2 3 f f y Adobe PS 3 kit started EJL POSTSCRIPT 00 other Emulation O Main system type MTP600dpi PW7016dt600dpi PRG rev Type 1 2 3 AP1300ma SPDOfast D4 is ROM version When emulation is fixed D4 is from EPL N4000 Designed for Levels EJL Default Emulation Type other Emulation Type Printer Name Factory default setting is same as Product Name 1 2 3 Product Name Product name O Entity Type When Emulation is Auto As shown in the table Entity Type See table below When Emulation is fixed Entity Type of default Emulation and EPSONPAGE4 are returned O O O Emulation Type See table below O Table 1 24 Emulation Entity Type Emulation Emulation Type Entity Type ps POSTSCRIPT 00 LaserWriter ESC Page ESCPAGE 04 EPSONPAGE4 LJ4 PCL5E 00 EPSONPCL5 ROOS DIAG 1239X PRPXL24 01 EPSONPRPXL24 GL 2 HPGL2 01 EPSONNHPGL2 FX ESCP9 EPSONNFX ESCP2 ESCPL2 EPSONLQ2 NOTE 1 Added when Kent is installed 3 RCC and DIAG cannot be selected by users The cassette paper size detection jumper setting is not affected Rev B 22 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 4 OPERATION 1 4 1 Control Panel The control panel of this printer has one display 6 LEDs and 8 switches Figure below shows exte
261. s which can be set are limited and MON C10 DL and C5 cannot be set m Although the MP tray has a paper width sensor it cannot confirm the paper size Therefore the program refers to MP Tray Size set on the panel as usual When Paper Set ssss ttt has occured and then is cleared MP Tray Size changes to ttt if the specified size ttt matches the result of the paper width sensor differs from neither ttt nor MP Tray Size it will be controlled as unfixed size causing single size printing to be slow and duplex printing to be invalid Therefore the paper width guide must be set in place TRAY MENU ENV TRAY SIZE The paper sizes which can be set are limited and MON C10 DL and C5 only are supported m The ENV tray also has a paper width sensor and its processing is the same as for the MP tray TRAY MENU MP TYPE LC1 TYPE LC5 TYPE m The type of paper placed on each paper feed unit is set When Paper Source Auto used to select a unit also matching the paper type from the paper feed units which match the specified paper size 35 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description m The paper type to be specified in paper feed selection is specified by the PCL5 command and ESC Page command only In a printer mode without such specification the same operation as when Plain is specified is performed E No Paper Type settings are made on EPL N4000 However if the paper type settings MP Ty
262. screws that secure the I F bail lock parts of the controller page 139 board to the ESS Box and remove controller board 2 Remove the fourteen screws that secure the ESS Cover to the ESS Box Screw Screw aa e g Shans ae oe e el Pm t e te a r ol Ch406e Screw SER347F Figure 4 88 Removal of Controller Board Figure 4 87 Removal of ESS Cover 3 Lift the ESS Cover off of the ESS Box Rev B 222 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 71 ESS Box 4 2 71 1 Removal 1 Remove the ESS Cover 2 Disconnect CN14 CN19 CN20 and CN21 form the controller board and remove the wire harness from the wire clamps Then release the wire harness from the wire clamps and pull the harness free of the ESS Box 3 Remove the four screws securing the ESS Box to the printer frame and remove the Box 4 2 71 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the ESS Box onto the printer frame Align the ESS Box so the cutout for the ESS PWB faces the rear of the printer 2 Use four screws to secure the ESS Box to the printer frame Snte 3 Route the wire harness along the outside back of the ESS Box and through the grommet at the rear of the Box SER349F 4 Use the wire clamps to secure the wire harness to the Box There are two clamps along the outside back of the ESS Box and two clamps on the interior of the ESS Box Figure 4 89 Removal of ESS Box 5 Reconnect CN1
263. seeeeee 16 Operating Environment including optional parts cceeeeeeeee 16 Storage Environment including optional parts ceeeeseeeeeees 16 IN ennio ena eel ie el ee a EA 16 Vibration Tolerance ecccecceeeeeneceeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeaneeeeeeseneeeseeeeeneeeees 16 External Dimension and weight oooccoonoccccccnonoccncccnnancnonanan cnn nonana cnn nnnnnn nn 17 Other Specifications oonnnniniidnnnnnnnnncnnnnccnnncccn crac 18 Consumables curacion oddities 18 Configuratio vor id ofa dais 18 Host Interface Specification oooonccinninidincccnnnocnnncccconncnnnrnnnancnnnnrnnnnnnncnnns 19 Parallel Interface ici idos 19 Ethernet Interface Specification ooonmoccncndnnnnncnncccnnnnnnnncccnnnranannncnnnno 20 TypesB INtertace inec reos aie aa E E AEA TA E A 22 OPERATION e a a a aa seated as ele e e E 23 Control Panel tirita an aa aaa Eaa AEE EET EE as 23 Status Sheet ire onr aa AA E a a ea A AEE AS 26 Panel Setting Mode outs odiada 26 One Touch Setting Mode cccccceceeeeeseeeeteeeeeeeeaeeeeneeeseaeeeseaeeeeeees 26 Listo Setting ternis teoria iso 27 Description of Setting Item and Model dependent cceeeeeees 35 Printing Mena dalla teen 36 User setting items not included in the setting Menu n se 43 Special Operation Functions oooonnnccnncncnncccnnnocnnnnccccon rra nn nnn cnn nr rca 44 Maintenance MON cocoooccccccccnonocononcnonoconenonononnnonnnnononononononcnnonaranenananenaos 46
264. sembly See Multi Sheet Inserter and MSI Duplex Support on page 265 4 2 24 1 Removal 1 Remove the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 164 Remove the one screw securing the Front Support Cover to the Support Assembly and remove the Cover Remove the one screw securing the Rear Support Cover to the Support Assembly and remove the Cover Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 Disconnect J603 Remove the four screws securing the MSI Support Assembly to the printer frame and remove the Assembly 4 2 24 2 Installation 1 Position the MSI Support Assembly a few inches from the printer frame 2 Insert the wire harness into the cutout in the printer frame 3 Slide the two positioning pins that are located at both ends of the Support Assembly into the holes in the frame 4 Use four screws to secure the Assembly to the frame 5 Reconnect J603 Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 Reinstall the Rear Support Cover and use one screw to secure it to the Support Assembly Reinstall the Front Support Cover and use one screw to secure it to the Support Assembly Reinstall the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 164 P J603 SSH472F Figure 4 35 Removal of MSI Support Assembly 166 EPSON EPL
265. sembly Rev B 174 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 30 MSI Pad 7 Reinstall the MSI Feed Roll MSI Feed Roll on page 172 See MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 164 4 2 30 1 Removal 1 Remove the MSI Feed Roll MSI Feed Roll on page 172 2 Remove the MSI Nudger Roll MSI Nudger Roll on page 173 3 Turn the MSI Feeder upside down 4 Remove the KL clip securing the MSI Pad Pin to the Feeder and slide the Pin out of the MSI Pad 5 Turn the MSI Feeder right side up 6 Pull back the MSI Paper Guide and slide the MSI Pad to the right and out of the Feeder 4 2 30 2 Installation 1 Pull back the MSI Paper Guide and slide the MSI Pad between the Guide and the Pad Spring 2 Turn the MSI Feeder upside down 3 Slide the MSI Pad Pin into the hole in the Feeder through the holes in the three legs of the MSI Pad and out through the other hole in the Feeder 4 Use a KL clip to secure the MSI Pad Pin to the Feeder 5 Press down on the MSI Pad to make sure it moves smoothly and has a spring action return SSH311F 6 Reinstall the MSI Nudger Roll MSI Nudger Roll on page 173 Figure 4 44 Removal of MSI Pad Rev B 175 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 31 MSI Friction Clutch See Upper Feeder Assembly on page 267 4 2 31 1 Removal 1 Remove the MSI Tray Assembly
266. sheet become zero Staple Count Clear Maintenance Menu 2 The serviceman executes this operation only once when the stapler is replaced Stapler indicated on the engine status sheet become zero Error Log Clear Maintenance Menu 2 The error log list stored to be indicated on the engine status sheet is cleared The latest 20 error logs are memorized NOTE Before executing these operations the engine must be stopped completely 2 After execution warm boot takes place and the printer returns to the normal state 42 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 4 3 User setting items not included in the setting menu The following is a list of user setting items not included in the setting menu They are not cleared by Selc Type Init of the Setup Menu on the panel Table 1 43 User setting items not included in the setting menu Setting item Setting Initial value Setting method Printer name 32 byte character EPL N4000 EJL Printer command string TBD Name MFG of Device ID 32 byte character undefined EJL string MDL of Device ID 32 byte character undefined EJL string DES of Device ID 32 byte character undefined EJL string CID of Device ID 32 byte character undefined EJL string Name of Mailbini 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin2 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin3 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB N
267. sher option Envelope Feeder Provides 5VDC 24VDC and command and status lines to the Envelope Feeder option Cabinet Drive PWB Provides 5VDC 24VDC and command and status lines to the High Capacity Feeder option Rev B O Actuator Assembly Size Sensor 1 Monitors the size of the paper that is loaded in Feeder 1 The Actuator Assembly located at the rear of the Paper Tray has series of cams that face the Size Sensor PWB Pushing the Paper Guide against the paper stack slides the Actuator Assembly along a track When the Tray is inserted into the Feeder the cams on the Actuator press the switches on the Size Sensor PWB in a pattern that is unique to the position of the Paper Guide The MCU PWB interprets this pattern as a specific paper size Paper Size Sensor PWB Guide Assembly SER717F Figure 2 40 Size Sensor 82 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles O Registration Sensor O Level 1 Sensor Monitors paper travel out of the paper tray Monitors whether or not Tray 1 is installed Installing the Tray pushes the Link Stopper out which in turn lowers the Feed Roll and moves the Level 1 Sensor Actuator tab away from the Sensor window O No Paper Sensor 1 Monitors the paper level in Feeder 1 When the Lift Motor raise the Bottom Plate the Plate raises the paper stack the stack pushes the No Paper Actuator up and away from the No Paper Sensor The Sensor sends a paper present signal to
268. sition Switch 1 and Left Cover Interlock Switch 2 on Feeder 1 Feed Clutch 2 Transmits Main Motor drive to the Tray 2 Feed Rolls No Paper Sensor 2 Monitors the paper level in Feeder 2 Functions identical to No Paper Sensor 1 Level 2 Sensor Monitors whether or not Tray 2 is installed Size Sensor 2 Monitors the size of the paper that is loaded in Feeder 2 Take Away Roll Sensor 2 Monitors the paper travel at the Take Away Roll 2 Lift Up Motor 2 Raises the paper tray in Feeder 2 Left Cover Interlock 2 Monitors the Left Cover Interlock Switch on Feeder 2 84 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 7 1 3 Function of the MCU during printer control O Processing input information Logic on the MCU compares the input information with the timing and reference values that are stored in ROM and NVRAM on the PWB O Input from sensors Sensors tell the MCU what is going on within the printer and what is happening to the sheet of paper during a print cycle Example below The Fuser Thermistor monitors the temperature of the Fuser Heat Roll and sends the current temperature value to the AC Drive PWB The AC Drive PWB relays the temperature data to the MCU PWB The MCU compares the current temperature with the set or expected temperature that is stored in NVRAM on the MCU PWB If the current temperature is lower than the set temperature the MCU sends a signal to the AC Drive PWB to switch on the Fuser Heat
269. ssembly 4 2 4 2 Installation 1 2 Raise the right end of the Top Cover Press the Right Cover against the printer frame and slide the Cover down until the two hooks at the bottom lip of the Cover are hooked in place under the Tray 1 Cover Press the top of the Right Cover against the printer frame while you lower the Top Cover Make sure the Top Cover screw tabs rest on top of the Right Cover Use two screws to secure the Right Cover and Top Cover to the printer frame 141 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 5 Control Panel 4 2 5 2 Installation See Top Cover Assembly on page 253 1 Position the Control Panel over the opening in the Top Cover Assembly and press the Panel into the opening The panel snaps into place 4 2 5 1 Removal 1 Remove the Top Cover See Top Cover Assembly on page 139 2 Reconnect J417 Disconnect the J417 from the Control Panel 3 Reinstall the Top Cover See Top Cover Assembly on page 139 3 Push in on the four tabs securing the Control Panel to the Top Cover while you press the Control Panel out of the Cover SER438F Figure 4 12 Removal of Control Panel Rev B 142 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 6 Rear Cover 1TM 4 2 6 2 Installation See Rear Left and Right Cover on page 255 1 Reinstall the Rear Cover 1TM by first hooking the bottom edge of th
270. stall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 7 Open and close the Cover to make sure it opens and latches correctly Rev B 186 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 40 Left Chute Assembly See Left Upper Cover Assembly on page 272 4 2 40 1 Removal iF 2 Open the Left Upper Cover Remove the BTR Assembly BTR Assembly Transfer roller unit on page 194 Push down on the rear of the Chute Assembly and use the blade of a small screwdriver to free the rear latches from the Cover Push down on the front of the Chute Assembly and use the blade of a small screwdriver to free the front latches from the Cover Remove the Left Chute Assembly Release the two springs and remove the Registration Roll Assembly from the Chute Assembly 4 2 40 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Registration Roll Assembly onto the Chute Assembly Make sure the cutout in the Chute Assembly capture the lips of the three bearings on the shaft Hook the free ends of the two springs into the holes in the Chute so the springs lay on top of the bearings and secure the shaft to the Chute Position the Left Chute Assembly so the cutout for the Registration Senor is located opposite the Registration Sensor Rev B 4 Lift the clear mylar strip out of the way as you lower the Chute onto the Upper Cover As you lower the Chute make sure the top of the two Comp Springs fit
271. t run 4 TEST PRINT CHECK Go to step 5 Replace the Was the printer able to generate all MOU PWB of the Test Prints requested in steps See 2 and 3 Chapter 4 5 TEST PRINT CHECK Go to FIP Go to step 6 Does the printer stop and reset while ata oise making test prints 6 HOST SOFTWARE REPLACE Gotostep 7 Problem MENT solved Reload the Host Drive Software or Host Application Software Does the printer still exhibit erratic operation Rev B 103 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 15 Erratic Operation Step Actions and Questions Yes No 7 HOST PRINTER INTERFACE Gotostep8 Problem CABLE REPLACEMENT solved Replace the interface cable connecting the host to the printer Is the problem still present 8 ESS PWB REPLACEMENT Go to Problem Suspect solved ia the ESS PWB See Chapter Components Does the printer still exhibit erratic operation Rev B 3 3 3 Inoperative Control Panel The Control Panel LEDs LCD and or Keypad do not function or do not function correctly Step Table 3 16 Inoperative Control Panel Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears Wi
272. t the AC power cord from the wall outlet 3 Remove the EP Cartridge and shield it from strong light 4 Inspect the printer interior and remove any foreign matter such as paper clips staples pieces of paper paper dust or toner 5 Clean the printer interior with a lint free cloth dampered slightly with cold water Do not use solvents or chemical cleaners to clean the printer interior Do not use any type of oil or lubricant on printer parts 6 Clean all rubber rollers with a lint free cloth that is dampened slightly with cold water Use a clean dry lint free cloth to dry the rollers 7 Clean the ROS window with a soft dry lint free cloth 8 Use canned air to clean the BTR Do not touch the BTR with your fingers Do not use a brush or damp cloth to clean the BTR 9 While you are cleaning inspect the interior of the printer for damaged wires loose connections toner leakage and worn or damaged parts 10 lf the EP Cartridge appears excessively dirty or obviously damaged replace it with a new one 90 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Block Table 3 2 Service Flowchart Cont Procedure Find the cause of the problem Use the FIP Flowchart to find the cause of the problem Use Diagnostic Mode to check printer components Use the Wiring Diagrams to locate P Js and test points Take voltage readings at various test points e Correct the problem Use the Disassembly and Assembly p
273. t to the Assembly Feed Roll 5 Reinstall the MSI Tray Assembly MSI Tray Assembly on page 164 SER313XA Figure 4 41 Removal of MSI Feed Roll Rev B 172 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 28 MSI Nudger Roll 4 2 28 2 Installation See Upper Feeder Assembly on page 267 1 Slide the Nudger Roll forked end first onto the Nudger Shaft making sure the forked end engages the pin at the end of the shaft 4 2 28 1 Removal 2 Use an E clip to secure the Nudger Roll to the Shaft 1 Remove MSI Feed Roll Ms Feed Roll on page 172 3 Slide the MSI Gate onto the Shaft see the illustration for correct 2 Remove the E clip securing the MSI Gate Upper Feeder positioning of the Gate Assembly on page 267 to the Nudger Shaft and remove the Gate 4 Use an E clip to secure the Gate to the Shaft 7 hel its ei a ei Roll to the Nudger Shaft 5 Reinstall the No Paper Sensor Bracket onto the Feeder Assembly BMS IGE me NUGGET romo ne Snan and use one screw to secure it to the Assembly 6 Reinstall the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly SSH314F Figure 4 42 Removal of MSI Nudger Roll Rev B Manual Feeder on page 164 173 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 29 MSI Nudger Roll Assembly 4 2 29 2 Installation See MSI Tray Assembly on page 268 1 Reinstall the Front and Rear Feed Bearings onto the Nudger Roll Assemb
274. tem 7 can be used only for Tray 1 W 99 3 4 SER506XD Figure 7 30 Tray Interface Tray 1 Rev B 258 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 7 3 7 Paper Pick Up Tray 1 Table 7 27 Parts Name for Paper Pick Up Tray1 No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 GEAR 46T M N 2 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY 3 GEAR ASSEMBLY 28T M N for Tray 1 only 4 CLUTCH ONE WAY for Tray 1 only 5 FEEDER ASSEMBLY MIN XIP with 6 14 6 ROLL ASSEMBLY 7 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY O W 8 CLUTCH GEAR 25T 9 BEARING 10 SHAFT FEED M N 11 GEAR 31T 12 GEAR 25T 13 SUPPORT ASSEMBLY NUDGER 14 BEARING 97 KIT TRAY 1 CLUTCH 1 4 98 KIT FEED ROLL with 6 Qty 6 99 KIT PICK UP GEAR TRAY 1 with 1 and 3 can be used with both Tray 1 and Tray 2 m Item 3 and 4 can be used only for Tray 1 Rev B E Allitems except item 3 and 4 in the list above Chapter 7 Appendix v5 with 6 14 8 Y 97 with 1 4 l v98 6 Qty 6 E v99 with 1 and 3 SER507XD Figure 7 31 Paper Pick Up Tray1 259 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 8 Retard and Take Away Tray 1 Table 7 28 Parts Name for Retard amp Take Away Tray1 No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 RETARD ASSEMBLY XIP 2 to 8 2 GEAR 22 T XIP 3 SHAFT ASSEMBLY RET XIP 4 BEARING 5 ROLL ASSEMBLY 6 SPACER 7 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY FRICTION 8 SU
275. ter body 297 mm width x 431 8 mm length Table a Poner consumpi n Guaranteed print area 120V 200V Entire paper area excluding 4 0 mm from each edge of the Input Voltage 108 127V 198 254V paper Rated Frequency 50 60Hz 3Hz 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum Currency Less than 9 6A Less than 5 2A Power Maximum Less than1180W Less than 1243W 4mm 4mm Consumption Continuous TBD TBD printing P k Average 4mm Power Saving Less than 45W Less than 45W Stand by Heater Off High Capacity Feeder Optional Average consumption electricity Less than 0 6 A 24V Guaranteed print area Less than 0 2A 5V Mailbox Optional Average consumption electricity Less than 0 6 A 24V Maximum Less than 2 0 A 24V Average consumption electricity Less than 0 2 A 5V Y 4mm Duplex Optional Average consumption electricity Less than 0 5 A 24 V Less than 0 1 A 5V Figure 1 2 Printable Area O AC Line Noise Pulse width 50 to 1000 ns Pulse polarity Repetition Asynchronous Modes Common Normal Voltage 1KV parts must be able to withstand 2KV without damage Rev B 12 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description O Transient Outage DIP 100 at rated voltage 100 1 cycle Less than 8KV No damage to image 1 2 cycle Not above 100A O Electrostatic Tolerance O Surge Current O Insulation Resistance TBD Less than 10 Ma O Dielect
276. th this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears LVPS Assembly All paper path sensors Wiring and connectors linking the components Yes Table 3 22 inoperative Paper Feed Drive MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY TEST 1 Remove all of the paper trays from the printer Does the Main Motor run and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate normally Go to step 2 Go to FIP Inoperative Main Drive Assembly Is the problem with MSI feed Go to step 4 Go to step 3 Step Actions and Questions Yes No 4 MSI FEED CLUTCH TEST Go to step 5 Replace the MSI Feed Does the MSI Feed Clutch actuate Clutch and do the MSI Feed Rolls rotate 5 TEST PRINT STRESS TEST Go to step 6 Treat as an 1 Generate 100 to 200 Grid Test intermittent Patterns 2 Carefully observe the Main Drive Assembly and Feed Clutches as the test runs Does the test suddenly stop without any visible paper jam and without any Error Code displayed 6 NO PAPER SENSOR REPLACE Replace the Goto Suspect MENT MCU PWB Components 1 Replace the No Paper Sensor in the paper tray used in step 5 2 Generate 100 to 200 Grid Test Patterns 3 Carefully observe the Main Drive Assembly and Feed Clutches as the test runs Does the test suddenly stop without any v
277. the BTR will effect print quality 4 Use a screwdriver blade to open the latch securing the Front Shaft Hinge and slide the Hinge out of the Cover Assembly Do not slide the Hinge completely out of the printer frame 5 Use a screwdriver blade to open the latch securing the Rear Shaft Hinge and slide the Hinge out of the Cover Assembly Do not slide the Hinge completely out of the printer frame 6 Pull the Left Upper Cover Assembly away from the printer frame 7 Remove the two screws securing the two Cover Supports to the frame and remove the Cover Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Front Shaft Hinge SER324XA Figure 4 54 Removal of Left Upper Cover Assembly 185 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 39 2 Installation 1 Open the Duplex Unit When the Left Upper Cover is open the BTR is exposed Do not touch the BRT Grease and dirt on or physical damage to the BTR will effect print quality 2 Reinstall the Left Upper Cover Assembly so the hinge openings in the Cover arms line up with the hinge holes in the printer frame 3 Slide the Rear Shaft Hinge into the hinge opening in the Rear Cover arm until the latch locks the Hinge onto the shaft 4 Slide the Front Shaft Hinge into the hinge opening in the Front Cover arm until the latch locks the Hinge onto the shaft 5 Use two screws to secure the two Cover Supports to the frame 6 Rein
278. the EP Cartridge completes the 5VDC circuit for CRU Interlock switches SW1 and SW2 When the EP Cartridge is removed 5VDC to the Laser Diode is cut AAA Never run the printer with the covers open or removed the Main Interlock Switch actuated and the 5 CRU Interlock Switches bypassed Direct eye exposure to the laser beam may cause serious eye injury or blindness Rev B 67 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 4 Print Process Print process step of this printer is to form the toner image on the drum surface transfer this image to the paper and fuse the transferred toner image to the paper O Charge Places a uniform negative electrostatic charge on the surface of the drum O Expose A data modulated laser beam scans the drum surface converting select negative points to positive points O Develop Attaches dry toner to the positive points of the drum O Transfer Transfers the dry toner image from the drum to a piece of paper O Detack Strips the piece of paper along with the dry toner image on the paper surface from the drum O Clean Cleans any residual toner from the surface of the drum and prepares the drum for the next print cycle O Discharge Cleans any residual electrical charge from the surface of the drum and prepares the drum for the next print cycle Rev B Paper Enters 3 Development 4 Transfer gt 5 Detack 6 Fusing gt Paper Exits nn co gt po
279. the frame 7 Reinstall the Feed Gear onto the Feed Shaft and use an E ring to secure it to the Shaft 8 Reinstall Tray 1 Feed Clutch along with the Feed Gear and Bearing Tray 1 Feed Clutch on page 145 9 Reinstall the Front Chute Tray 1 amp 2 Front Chute Assemblies on page 155 10 Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 140 vier 11 Reinstall Tray 1 Figure 4 20 Removal of Tray1 Feed Assembly Rev B 151 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 12 Support Assembly Spring 4 2 12 2 Installation See Retard and Take Away Tray 1 on page 260 1 Reinstall the Support Assembly Spring Refer to the figure for correct positioning 4 2 12 1 Removal 2 Make sure the front and rear arms of the Spring are positioned as 1 Remove Tray 1 Lift Up Motor Tray 1 Lift Up Motor on page 144 shown in the figure 2 Remove the screw securing the Support Assembly Spring to the 3 Use one screw to secure the Spring to the frame printer frame and remove the Spring 4 Reinstall Tray 1 Lift Up Motor Tray 1 Lift Up Motor on page 144 SSH468F Figure 4 21 Removal of Support Assembly Spring Rev B 152 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 13 Tray1 Retard Assembly See Retard and Take Away Tray 1 on page 260 4 2 13 1 Removal 1 10 Remove Tray 1 Take Away Roll Assembly Tr
280. through the Fuser 2 Carefully remove the EP Cartridge and inspect the toner image on the print before it enters the Fuser and immediately after it exits the Fuser Is the image on the paper normal before it enters the Fuser but there are ghost images on the paper when it exits the Fuser Inspect the residual images Was the customer printing numerous copies of the same image Rev B 124 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 11 Background Table 3 52 Background OProblem i There is toner contamination on all or Step Actions and Questions Yes No part of the page The contamination 2 IMAGE DEVELOPMENT INSPEC Go to step 3 Replace the appears as a very light gray dusting TION ROS Assembl OSUSPECT COMPONENTS a S J Generate a Blan est Print an ine olowmg campanas e switch OFF printer power halfway associated with this specific problem through the print cycle One or more of these components 3 Open the Left Upper Cover may have failed partially or 4 Open the Drum Shutter completely If you cannot isolate the 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the problem using this FIP replace each se pda y to advance Dm i rum tar enough so you can see the component listed below one at a developed image area on the Drum time until the problem disappears before it reached Transfer HVPS Assembly S s ip es oe aa pletely clean without any notice MCU PWB
281. ting Paper Source Auto MP 1 ENV23 LC1 LC2 which the ENV tray corresponas Menu LC3 LC4 4 LC54 2 An error will result if neither MP tray nor ENV tray is installed Page Size AG A3 A5 B4 B5 LT B HLT Therefore either tray is always present in a normal state ae a arias MON 3 Appears only when the ENV tray is installed and can then be selected Wide A4 ren 4 A rs only when the Large Capacity Paper Unit is Orientation e is Aas sete Bee re eae Gant Face down Face up Stacker installed and can then be selected as Mailbox 1 Mailbox 2 1 Mailbox 5 Factory default setting when the A4 LT configuration is A4 Basics a Mailbox 10 Sorter 6 Factory default setting when the A4 LT configuration is LT Quantity Da 7 CTM size min 100 x 139 7mm max 297 x 431 8 mm Manual Feed SOROA 8 Appears only when Face up Enable 0n is set and can then Resolution 600 300 da e oe Skip Blank Page AG ff Gn 9 Appears only when the multibin unit is installed and the Auto Eject Page On Off added in EPL N4000 printer is in Stacker mode and Finisher Stapler is installed and Duplex 4 Off On can then be selected Binding 8 Long Edge Short Edge changed 10 Appears only when the multibin unit is installed and the in EPL N4000 printer is in Mailbox mode and can then be selected Start Page Front Back 11 Appears only when the multibin unit is installed and the Offset Stacking gt Off On printer
282. ts may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one ata time until the problem disappears We i WM MN NM tT CRU Connector and Contact Springs e MCU PWB e Fuser Assembly Table 3 37 Horizontal Band Deletions Step Table 3 38 Horizontal Band Deletions Actions and Questions Yes No IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION 1 Remove the Rear Cover 2 Generate a Solid Black Test Print and switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle 3 Open the Left Upper Cover Open the Drum Shutter Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Before Transfer was the toner image on the drum normal and without horizontal band deletions but there are deletions on the paper after Transfer af Go to step 4 Replace the BTR Assembly then go to step 4 HVPS CHECK Generate a Solid Black Test Print Is the Test Print normal with no horizontal band deletions Problem solved Replace the HVPS Assembly Step Actions and Questions Yes No 1 PAPER INSPECTION Replace Go to step 2 Is the paper wrinkled or dimpled with fresh dry paper 2 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 3 Install a new EP Cartridge solved Are the horizontal band deletio
283. unit installation state Counter clear can also be executed 34 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description The following is a list of user setting items not included in the setting menu They are not cleared by Selc Type Init of the Setup Menu on the panel Table 1 38 User Setting Items Setting item Seiting Initial value Setting method Printer Name 32 byte character Product Name EJL PrinterName command string MFG of Device ID 32 byte character undefined EJL sting MDL of Device ID 32 byte character undefined EJL string DES of Device ID 32 byte character undefined EJL sting CID of Device ID 32 byte character undefined EJL string Name of Mailbin 1 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin 2 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin 3 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin 4 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin 5 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin 6 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin 7 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin 8 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin 9 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Name of Mailbin 10 24 bytes of data Null EJL MIB Rev B 1 4 2 3 Description of Setting Item and Model dependent Described below are model dependent specification details of the setting items for this printer TRAY MENU MP TRAY SIZE The paper size
284. used O When Adobe PS 8 kit is installed Table 1 21 Interface MFG EPSON Parallel I F Ethernet I F Type B I F CMD PJL ESCPL2 ESCP9 PRPXL24 01 PCL HPGL2 01 I F automatic selection O O O ESCPAGE 04 POSTSCRIPT I F fixed parallel O X Xx MDL XXXX I F fixed Ethernet X O X CLS RPINTER I F fixed AUX X X O DES EPSON XXXX Note O Enable X Disable Rev B 19 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description With EPL N4000 MFG MDL DES and CID of Device ID are user 1 3 12 2 Ethernet Interface Specification redenfinable The DES and CID fields don t respond with the default value but respond with the defined character string only when redefined Device ID upon redefinition is as follows is a user defined character string O When Adobe PS 3 kit is not installed m IPX SPX IPX SPX NCP RIP SAP PrintServer RemotePrinter NDS SNMP ENPC O Interface type 10BaseT 100BaseTX Half Duplex Full Duplex Automatically switched when power is turned on O Communication protocol MFG CMD PJL EJL ESCPL2 ESCP9 PRPXL24 01 PCL HPGL2 01 ESCPAGE 04 MDL CLS PRINTER DES CID O When Adobe PS 3 kit is installed NetBIOS SMB NetBEUI TCP IP IP UDP TCP LPR FTP TELNET ARP ICMP RARP BOOTP DHCP SNMP HTTP SNMP ENPC Apple Talk ELAP DDP ATP PAP AARP NBP ZIP RTMP SNMP ENPC ENPC EPSON Network Peripheral Control Protocol from EPL N4000
285. ve screws to secure the Lower Chute Rev B 206 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 58 Upper Chute Assembly See Exit Upper Chute Assembly on page 279 4 2 58 1 Removal 1 Remove the Offset Roller Assembly Offset Roller Assembly on page 205 Disconnect P J 133 and free the wire harness from the harness clips Disconnect P J 210 and free the wire harness from the harness clips Open the Upper Chute Assembly and loosen do not remove the rear screw securing the Face Up Lower Chute to the frame Remove the three rear screws that secure the Lower Chute to the frame Carefully pull the frame far enough to the rear to free the rear hinge of the Upper Chute Pull the Upper Chute to the rear and free the front hinge and remove the Upper Chute Assembly 4 2 58 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the front hinge of the Upper Chute Assembly into the cutout at the front of the frame Carefully pull the frame far enough to the rear so you can slip the rear hinge of the Upper Chute into the cutout at the rear of the frame Rev B Use three screws to secure the Lower Chute to the frame Open the Upper Chute Assembly and tighten the rear screw securing the Face Up Lower Chute to the frame Reconnect P J 210 and route the wire harness under the harness clips Reconnect P J 133 and route the wire harness under the harness clips Reinstall the Offset Roller Assembly Of
286. ve Assembly 9 Use a self tapping screw to secure the ground wire with the attached resistor and the Main Drive Assembly to the printer frame 10 Use three self tapping screws to finish securing the Main Drive Assembly to the printer frame 11 After securing the Main Drive Assembly wiggle the Assembly to make sure it is firmly in place 12 Position the Harness Support against the Main Drive Assembly Rev B Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 192 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Rotate the Registration Clutch and in the Feed Clutch so the slots in the Clutches line up with the key on the Harness Support then press the Support against the Main Drive Assembly Use three screws to secure the Harness Support to the Main Drive Assembly Reconnect P J 202 J209 J600 and J601 Reconnect P J 462 to the MCU PWB Reinstall the green ground wire to the screw hole at the top of the Main Drive Assembly and use one screw to secure the wire to the Assembly Secure the wire harness at the top of the Main Drive Assembly to the wire clip that is located just above the Main Motor Reconnect J205 to the Main Motor PWB Reinstall the Inner Cover and use one screw to secure the Cover to the printer frame Reinstall the Left Cover Interlock Switch Left Cover Interlock Switch Assembly on page 219 Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on pa
287. ver the bin also becomes full with the full sensor If there is paper in a finisher bin when the power is turned on the bin becomes full with approx 400 sheets The above counted value and the last paper ejected bin are not be stored in NVRAM The number of sheets and the number of copies ejected are reset when the power is turned on Rev B The number of sheets and the number of copies ejected are reset with no paper detection Users should remove all paper from the stacker in advance when printing a large quantity of copies Table 1 41 Paper size Without stapling With stapling LT HLT EXE A4 670 sheets 100 copies TBD A5 B5 LG GLG B A3 B4 300 sheets 100 copies TBD PRINTING MENU QUANTITY This is the copy quantity setting when copying by quantity This setting is specified taking preference over the Copies setting When the printing quantity is 2 or more the Copies setting will be 1 This setting can be specified only with the PUL EJL or ESC Page command and the setting cannot be stored If data for 1 job cannot be stored in the printer the warning Collate wad disabled will be displayed and a quantity of 1 only will be printed PRINTING MENU DUPLEX Duplex printing or one side printing is set O Limitations on duplex printing When the Page Size settings are A5 HLT MON C10 DL C5 and CTM or the Type settings are Trnsprncy and Label or Paper Source is ENV Tray the message
288. vironment protection law no CdS content EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 3 7 Environmental Specification m Direction Three directions X Y Z 1 3 7 1 Operating Environment including optional parts E Time Table 1 17 Operating Condition Snes cao Econ Item Condition Temperature 0 to 32 C Humidity 15 to 85 RH without condensation Air Pressure Altitude Less than 760 hPa Less than 2500m 1 3 7 2 Storage Environment including optional parts Table 1 18 Storage Condition Item Normal Extreme Temperature 0 to 35 C Low Temp 10 to 0 C High Temp 35 to 40 C Humidity 15 to 85 RH Low Humidity 5 to 15 RH High Humidity 85 to 90 RH Storage 12 months Max 48 hours 1 3 7 3 Altitude m Storage 0 to 3000m 10000ft E Transportation 0 to 15000m 49200ft 1 3 7 4 Vibration Tolerance E Vibration 5 to 100 Hz E Acceleration 0 7G Rev B 16 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description 1 3 8 External Dimension and weight O Exterior dimension A 642 mm W x 523 mm D x 486 mm H No optional parts ch106 ch105 Figure 1 5 Exterior Dimension with Mailbox Duplex unit and High Figure 1 4 Exterior Dimension No optional parts Capacity Feeder Rev B 17 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description O Weight No optional parts included density toner save mode etc 41 1 Kg 120V T
289. wn is used without staple designation The error Finisher 3 Full occurs and Face down is not used with staple designation If Stacker No Face down the error Finisher 3 Full occurs and Face down is not used 37 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 CHAPTER 1 Product Description LIMITATIONS ON PAPER EJECT UNITS O Multibin including when Multibin Stacker and Out Bin Stacker If the Page Size settings are MON C10 DL C5 and CTM or the Type settings are Trnsprncy and Label the message Outbin Select Error is displayed and paper is ejected to Face down This is the same as when the paper fed tray size and type are those aforementioned O Finisher If the page size setting is F4 GLT IB5 postcard MON C10 DL C5 or CTM the warning Outbin Select Error appears and paper is ejected to Face down The same occurs if the paper fed tray size is any of the above At this time staple designation is ignored The number of sheets and the number of copies that can be held in bin 1 bin2 and bin 3 are limited by the paper size and staple designation E Limitation of the number of sheets In A4 size the bin becomes full with 670 sheets TBD Staple designation has no effect In A3 size sheets are counted as double the above E Limitation of the number of copies If stapled copies are mixed the bin becomes full with 100 copies at maximum TBD in both A4 size and A3 size Offset stacking is not considered Howe
290. y to the right toward the MSI Tray Spring 3 Hold the Side Guide in place while you press the two holes in the Size Sensor onto the two latch tabs Press hard enough so the Size Sensor locks into place 4 Make sure the spring loaded arm of the Sensor is under the molded track 5 Slide the Sensor Assembly to the left to make sure it moves smoothly and the spring loaded arm lowers as you move the Sensor to the left and raises when you move the Sensor to the right 6 Route the Sensor wire harness along the molded channel and through the cutout on the right side of the Upper Cover 7 Reconnect J107 8 Reinstall the MSI Tray with the arrow side facing down 9 Slide the three tabs on the upper edge of the Lower Cover into the three cutouts in Upper Cover and press the Lower Cover onto the Upper Cover Rev B Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 10 Press at the five latch locations to make sure the latches have locked the Lower Cover in place 11 Use two screws to secure the Lower Cover to the Upper Cover 12 Reinstall the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 164 168 EPSON EPL N4000 EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 26 MSI Feed Clutch 4 Disconnect the J208 running to the MSI Feed Clutch See Upper Feeder Assembly on page 267 5 Remove the screw securing the Rear Hook Bracket to the Feeder Assembly and remove the Bracket Figure below 4 2 26

SERVICE MANUAL

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents